[6-K] BARCLAYS PLC Current Report (Foreign Issuer)
Rhea-AI Filing Summary
Analyzing...
AI-generated analysis. How Rhea-AI works. Not financial advice.
See more from StockTitan in Google Search and AI answers.
Adds StockTitan as a preferred source · opens Google
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
FORM 6-K
Report of Foreign Private Issuer
Pursuant to Rule 13a-16 or 15d-16
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
July 28, 2026
Commission File Number:
Barclays PLC 001-09246
(Name of Registrant)
1 Churchill Place
London E14 5HP
England
(Address of Principal Executive Office)
Interim Results Announcement
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of
Form 20-F or Form 40-F.
Form 20-F | X | Form 40-F | ||||||||||||
THIS REPORT ON FORM 6-K SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENTS ON FORM S-8 (FILE NO. 333-153723, 333-167232, 333-173899, 333-183110, 333-195098, 333-216361, 333-225082, 333-236904, 333-236905, 333-254570, 333-261584 AND 333-272812) AND FORM F-3 (FILE NO. 333-277578) OF BARCLAYS PLC AND TO BE A PART THEREOF FROM THE DATE ON WHICH THIS REPORT IS FURNISHED, TO THE EXTENT NOT SUPERSEDED BY DOCUMENTS OR REPORTS SUBSEQUENTLY FILED OR FURNISHED.
The Report comprises the following:
Exhibit 99.1 | Results of Barclays PLC Group as of, and for the six months ended, 30 June 2026. | ||||
Exhibit 99.2 | A table setting forth the issued share capital of Barclays PLC and the Barclays PLC Group’s total shareholders’ equity, indebtedness, contingent liabilities and commitments as at 30 June 2026, the most recent reported statement of position, and updated for any significant or material items since that reporting date. | ||||
101.INS | XBRL Instance Document | ||||
101.SCH | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema | ||||
101.CAL | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Calculation Linkbase | ||||
101.DEF | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Definition Linkbase | ||||
101.LAB | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Label Linkbase | ||||
101.PRE | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Presentation Linkbase | ||||
1 |  | |||||||
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorised.
BARCLAYS PLC | ||||||||
(Registrant) | ||||||||
Date: July 28, 2026 | By: | /s/ Kathryn Roberts | ||||||
Name: Kathryn Roberts | ||||||||
Title: Assistant Secretary | ||||||||
2 | | |||||||
Barclays PLC | 1 |  |
Exhibit 99.1
Barclays PLC
This exhibit includes portions from the previously published Results Announcement of Barclays PLC relating to the six
months ended 30 June 2026, as amended in part to comply with the requirements of Regulation G and Item 10(e) of
Regulation S-K promulgated by the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including the reconciliation of certain
financial information to comparable measures prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRS). The purpose of this document is to provide such additional disclosure as required by Regulation G and Regulation S-K
item 10(e), to delete certain information not in compliance with SEC regulations and to include reconciliations of certain
non-IFRS figures to the most directly equivalent IFRS figures for the periods presented. This document does not update or
otherwise supplement the information contained in the previously published Results Announcement. Any reference to a
website in this document is made for informational purposes only, and information found at such websites is not
incorporated by reference into this document.
An audit opinion has not been rendered in respect of this document.
Barclays PLC | 2 | |
Results Announcement | Page |
Notes | 3 |
Performance Highlights | 5 |
Group Finance Director’s Review | 9 |
Results by Business | |
• Barclays UK | 11 |
• Barclays UK Corporate Bank | 13 |
• Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management | 14 |
• Barclays Investment Bank | 15 |
• Barclays US Consumer Bank | 17 |
• Head Office | 19 |
Quarterly Results Summary | 20 |
Quarterly Results by Business | 21 |
Performance Management | |
• Margins and Balances | 28 |
Risk Management | |
• Risk Management and Principal Risks | 30 |
• Credit Risk | 31 |
• Market Risk | 52 |
• Treasury and Capital Risk | 53 |
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements | 62 |
Financial Statement Notes | 68 |
Appendix: Non-IFRS Performance Measures | 88 |
Appendix: Loan Loss Rate Calculations | 92 |
Appendix: Income Over RWAs Calculations | 95 |
Shareholder Information | 96 |
Glossary of Terms | 97 |
BARCLAYS PLC, 1 CHURCHILL PLACE, LONDON, E14 5HP, UNITED KINGDOM. TELEPHONE: +44 (0) 20 7116 1000. COMPANY NO. 48839.
Barclays PLC | 3 | |
Notes |
The terms Barclays and Group refer to Barclays PLC together with its subsidiaries. Unless otherwise stated, the income statement analysis compares
the six months ended 30 June 2026 to the corresponding six months of 2025 and balance sheet analysis as at 30 June 2026 with comparatives
relating to 31 December 2025 and 30 June 2025. The abbreviations ‘£m’ and ‘£bn’ represent millions and thousands of millions of Pounds Sterling
respectively; the abbreviations ‘$m’ and ‘$bn’ represent millions and thousands of millions of US Dollars respectively; and the abbreviations ‘€m’ and
‘€bn’ represent millions and thousands of millions of Euros respectively.
There are a number of key judgement areas, for example impairment calculations, which are based on models and which are subject to ongoing
adjustment and modifications. Reported numbers reflect best estimates and judgements at the given point in time.
Relevant terms that are used in this document but are not defined under applicable regulatory guidance or International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS) are explained in the results glossary, which can be accessed at home.barclays/investor-relations.
The information in this announcement, which was approved by the Board of Directors on 27 July 2026, does not comprise statutory accounts within
the meaning of Section 434 of the Companies Act 2006. Statutory accounts for the year ended 31 December 2025, which contain an unmodified
audit report under Section 495 of the Companies Act 2006 (which does not make any statements under Section 498 of the Companies Act 2006)
have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies in accordance with Section 441 of the Companies Act 2006.
Barclays is a frequent issuer in the debt capital markets and regularly meets with investors via formal roadshows and other ad hoc meetings.
Consistent with its usual practice, Barclays expects that from time to time over the coming quarter it will meet with investors globally to discuss these
results and other matters relating to the Group.
Non-IFRS performance measures
Barclays’ management believes that the non-IFRS performance measures included in this document provide valuable information to the readers of
the financial statements as they enable the reader to identify a more consistent basis for comparing the businesses’ performance between financial
periods and provide more detail concerning the elements of performance which the managers of these businesses are most directly able to influence
or are relevant for an assessment of the Group. They also reflect an important aspect of the way in which operating targets are defined and
performance is monitored by Barclays’ management. However, any non-IFRS performance measures in this document are not a substitute for IFRS
measures and readers should consider the IFRS measures as well. Refer to the appendix on pages 88 to 91.
Key non-IFRS measures included in this document, and the most directly comparable IFRS measures, are:
– Average allocated equity represents the average shareholders’ equity that is allocated to the businesses. The comparable IFRS measure is average
equity. A reconciliation is provided on pages 89 to 90;
Average tangible equity refers to:
– Average allocated tangible equity (for businesses) is calculated as the average of the previous month’s period end allocated tangible equity and
the current month’s period end allocated tangible equity. The average allocated tangible equity for the period is the average of the monthly
averages within that period. Period end allocated tangible equity is calculated as 13.5% (2025: 13.5%) of RWAs for each business, adjusted for
capital deductions, excluding goodwill and intangible assets, reflecting the assumptions the Barclays Group uses for capital planning purposes.
Head Office allocated tangible equity represents the difference between the Barclays Group’s tangible shareholders’ equity and the amounts
allocated to businesses. The comparable IFRS measure is average equity. A reconciliation is provided on pages 89 to 90;
– Average tangible shareholders’ equity (for Barclays Group) is calculated as the average of the previous month’s period end tangible shareholders'
equity and the current month’s period end tangible shareholders' equity. The average tangible shareholders’ equity for the period is the average of
the monthly averages within that period. The comparable IFRS measure is average equity. A reconciliation is provided on pages 89 to 90;
– Group net interest income (NII) excluding Barclays Investment Bank (IB) and Head Office represents Group NII excluding IB NII and Head Office NII.
The comparable IFRS measure is Group NII. A reconciliation is provided on page 90;
– Group operating costs represents group operating expenses excluding UK regulatory levies and litigation and conduct charges. The comparable
IFRS measure is total operating expenses. A reconciliation is provided on page 90;
– Return on average allocated equity represents the return on average shareholders’ equity that is allocated to the businesses. The comparable IFRS
measure is return on equity. A reconciliation is provided on page 91;
Return on tangible equity refers to:
– Return on average allocated tangible equity (for businesses) is calculated as annualised Group attributable profit, as a proportion of average
shareholders’ tangible equity. The comparable IFRS measure is return on equity. A reconciliation is provided on page 88;
– Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (for Barclays Group) is calculated as the annualised profit after tax attributable to ordinary equity
holders of the parent, as a proportion of average shareholders’ equity excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments adjusted for
the deduction of intangible assets and goodwill. The comparable IFRS measure is return on equity. A reconciliation is provided on page 89;
– Tangible net asset value per share is calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity, excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments,
less goodwill and intangible assets, by the number of issued ordinary shares. The comparable IFRS measure is net asset value per share. A
reconciliation is provided on page 91.
Barclays PLC | 4 | |
Notes |
Forward-looking statements
This document contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and Section 27A of the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the Group. Barclays cautions readers that no forward-
looking statement is a guarantee of future performance and that actual results or other financial condition or performance measures could differ
materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate
only to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements sometimes use words such as ‘may’, ‘will’, ‘seek’, ‘continue’, ‘aim’, ‘anticipate’, ‘target’,
‘projected’, ‘expect’, ‘estimate’, ‘intend’, ‘plan’, ‘goal’, ‘believe’, ‘achieve’ or other words of similar meaning. Forward-looking statements can be made
in writing but also may be made verbally by directors, officers and employees of the Group (including during management presentations) in
connection with this document. Examples of forward-looking statements include, among others, statements or guidance regarding or relating to the
Group’s future financial position, business strategy, income levels, costs, assets and liabilities, impairment charges, provisions, capital leverage and
other regulatory ratios, capital distributions (including policy on dividends and share buybacks), return on tangible equity, projected levels of growth
in banking and financial markets, industry trends, any commitments and targets (including sustainability-related commitments and targets), plans
and objectives for future operations, International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and other statements that are not historical or current facts.
By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to future events and circumstances. Forward-looking
statements speak only as at the date on which they are made. Forward-looking statements may be affected by a number of factors, including,
without limitation: changes in legislation, regulations, governmental and regulatory policies, expectations and actions, voluntary codes of practices
and the interpretation thereof, changes in IFRS and other accounting standards, including practices with regard to the interpretation and application
thereof and emerging and developing sustainability reporting standards (including emissions accounting methodologies); changes in tax laws and
practice; the outcome of current and future legal proceedings and regulatory investigations; the Group’s ability along with governments and other
stakeholders to measure, manage and mitigate the impacts of climate change effectively or navigate inconsistencies and conflicts in the manner in
which climate policy is implemented in the regions where the Group operates, including as a result of the adoption of rules and regulations taking a
different or opposing position on sustainability matters, or other forms of governmental and regulatory action against sustainability policies;
environmental, social and geopolitical risks and incidents and similar events beyond the Group’s control; financial crime; the impact of competition in
the banking and financial services industry; capital, liquidity, leverage and other regulatory rules and requirements applicable to past, current and
future periods; UK, US, Eurozone and global macroeconomic and business conditions, including inflation; volatility in credit and capital markets;
market related risks such as changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates; reforms to benchmark interest rates and indices; higher or lower
asset valuations; changes in credit ratings of any entity within the Group or any securities issued by it; changes in counterparty risk; changes in
consumer behaviour; changes in trade policy, including the imposition of tariffs or other protectionist measures; the direct and indirect consequences
of the conflicts in the Middle East and Ukraine on European and global macroeconomic conditions, political stability and financial markets; changes in
US legislation and policy; developments in the UK’s relationship with the European Union; the risk of cyberattacks, information or security breaches,
technology failures or operational disruptions and any subsequent impact on the Group’s reputation, business or operations; the use of new
technology, including artificial intelligence; the Group’s ability to access funding; and the success of acquisitions, disposals, joint ventures and other
strategic transactions. A number of these factors are beyond the Group’s control. As a result, the Group’s actual financial position, results, financial
and non-financial metrics or performance measures or its ability to meet commitments and targets may differ materially from the statements or
guidance set forth in the Group’s forward-looking statements. In setting its targets and outlook for the period 2026-2028, Barclays has made certain
assumptions about the macroeconomic environment, including, without limitation, inflation, interest and unemployment rates, the different markets
and competitive conditions in which Barclays operates, and its ability to grow certain businesses and achieve costs savings and other structural
actions. Additional risks and factors which may impact the Group’s future financial condition and performance are identified in Barclays PLC’s filings
with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) (including, without limitation, Barclays PLC’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the financial
year ended 31 December 2025), which are available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
Subject to Barclays PLC's obligations under the applicable laws and regulations of any relevant jurisdiction (including, without limitation, the UK and
the US) in relation to disclosure and ongoing information, we undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements,
whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
Barclays PLC | 5 | |
Performance Highlights |
Barclays delivered a return on equity (RoE) of 12.9% and a return on tangible equity (RoTE) of
14.8% in H126, announced £2.3bn total capital distributions, and is on track to deliver its 2026
and 2028 targets
•H126 Group RoE of 12.9% (H125: 11.4%) and H126 Group RoTE of 14.8% (H125: 13.2%), and Q226 Group RoE of
14.0% (Q225: 10.7%) and Q226 Group RoTE of 16.1% (Q225: 12.3%)
–All divisions delivered double digit RoE and RoTE for H126 and Q226
•H126 EPS of 30.7p (H125: 24.7p) and Q226 EPS of 16.7p (Q225: 11.7p)
•2026 Group income target increased to c.£31.5bn (from c.£31bn)
–2026 Group net interest income (NII) excluding Barclays Investment Bank and Head Office increased to greater than
£13.7bn3 (from greater than £13.5bn)
•Strong CET1 ratio of 14.3% and announced intention to initiate a share buyback of up to £1.0bn for Q226, and a dividend
of 5.9p per share for H126 (H125: 3.0p)
•5% growth in UK lending balances year-on-year in H126
–Delivered £25bn of c.£30bn planned UK risk weighted assets (RWAs) growth since 20241 (£3bn in Q226), of which
£18bn was organic growth
Key financial metrics:
Income | Profit before tax | Attribut able profit | Cost: income ratio | LLR | RoE | RoTE | EPS | NAV per share | TNAV per share | CET1 ratio | Total capital return2 | |
Q226 | £8.3bn | £3.3bn | £2.3bn | 54% | 51bps | 14.0% | 16.1% | 16.7p | 489p | 423p | 14.3% | £2.3bn |
H126 | £16.5bn | £6.1bn | £4.2bn | 55% | 62bps | 12.9% | 14.8% | 30.7p |
Q226 Performance highlights:
•Group RoE was 14.0% (Q225: 10.7%) and Group RoTE was 16.1% (Q225: 12.3%) with profit before tax of £3.3bn
(Q225: £2.5bn)
•Group income of £8.3bn increased 16% year-on-year. Group NII was £3.9bn, up 11.9% year-on-year, and Group NII
excluding IB and Head Office was £3.4bn, up 10% year-on-year
–Barclays UK income increased 7%, as higher structural hedge income was partially offset by retail deposit dynamics
and mortgage margin compression
–Barclays UK Corporate Bank (UKCB) income increased 8%, reflecting higher average deposit and lending balances,
and higher structural hedge income
–Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management (PBWM) income increased 5%, reflecting growth in client balances,
partially offset by the impact of deposit mix
–Barclays Investment Bank (IB) income increased 20%, driven by Global Markets and Investment Banking fees
–Barclays US Consumer Bank (USCB) income increased 38%, driven by portfolio changes including a c.£225m gain
from the sale of the American Airlines co-branded credit cards portfolio (AA portfolio) and the impact of the Best Egg
Inc. (Best Egg) acquisition
•Group total operating expenses were £4.5bn, up 7% year-on-year
–Group operating costs increased to £4.5bn (Q225: £4.1bn), reflecting business growth (including higher performance
costs), inflation and further investment spend (including the Best Egg acquisition), partially offset by c.£200m of cost
efficiency savings
•Credit impairment charges were £0.6bn (Q225: £0.5bn) with an LLR of 51bps (Q225: 44bps)
1Represents RWAs from business growth in Barclays UK, UK Corporate Bank and Private Bank and Wealth Management since January 2024,
excluding the effects of securitisations, model updates and other methodological changes. Also excludes additional Operational Risk RWAs
related to organic growth.
2H126 total capital return: includes the £500m buyback announced at Q126 Results in addition to the £1.0bn buyback and c.£0.8bn dividend
announced at H126 Results.
3Management does not assess forward-looking “Group NII” (target) as a performance indicator of the business, and therefore a reconciliation of
the forward-looking non-IFRS measure “Group NII excluding IB and Head Office” (target) to an equivalent IFRS measure is not available without
unreasonable efforts.
Barclays PLC | 6 | |
Performance Highlights |
H126 Performance highlights:
•Group RoE was 12.9% (H125: 11.4%) and RoTE was 14.8% (H125: 13.2%) with profit before tax of £6.1bn (H125:
£5.2bn)
•Group income of £16.5bn increased 11% year-on-year. Group NII was £7.7bn, up 9% year-on-year and Group NII
excluding IB and Head Office was £6.8bn, up 11% year-on-year
•Group total operating expenses were £9.1bn, up 6% year-on-year
–Group operating costs increased 6% to £8.9bn, reflecting business growth (including higher performance costs),
inflation, and further investment spend (including the Best Egg acquisition), partially offset by c.£350m of cost
efficiency savings and FX movements
–Litigation and conduct charges of £0.1bn primarily reflected an increase in the provision for the UK Financial Conduct
Authority (FCA) motor finance redress scheme in Q126
•Credit impairment charges were £1.4bn (H125: £1.1bn) with an LLR of 62bps (H125: 52bps), including a £0.2bn single
name charge in the IB in Q126
•Strong balance sheet with CET1 ratio of 14.3% (December 2025: 14.3%), with RWAs of £364.8bn (December 2025:
£356.8bn)
–Taking into account the impact of the £1.0bn share buyback announced today, the CET1 ratio as of 30 June 2026
would be reduced to 14.0%, at the top end of the 13-14% range
•Net asset value (NAV) per share of 489p (December 2025: 469p) and tangible net asset value (TNAV) per share of 423p
(December 2025: 409p)
Barclays PLC | 7 | |
Performance Highlights |
Group financial targets1:
2026 targets
•Returns: Group RoTE of greater than 12%4
•Capital returns2: plan to return at least £10bn of capital to shareholders between 2024 and 2026, through dividends and
share buybacks, with a continued preference for buybacks
–Progressive increase in total capital returns versus 2025
–Share buybacks announced quarterly
–Dividends to be paid semi-annually, including planned £2bn dividend for 2026
•Income: Group total income of c.£31.5bn
–Group NII excluding IB and Head Office greater than £13.7bn and Barclays UK NII around the middle of the £8.1bn -
£8.3bn5 guided range
•Costs: Group cost: income ratio of high 50s in percentage terms
•Impairment: expect Group LLR to be around the top of the 50-60bps through the cycle range
•Capital: CET1 ratio target range of 13-14%
–IB RWAs mid 50s% of Group RWAs
–Impact of regulatory change on RWAs in line with our prior guidance of c.£19-26bn
–c.£8-15bn RWAs from Basel 3.1, with implementation expected from 1 January 20273
–c.£11bn RWAs from USCB moving to an Internal Ratings Based (IRB) model, subject to portfolio changes and
regulatory approval, expected in H2 2027
–Expect Pillar 2A capital to reduce upon implementation of Basel 3.1 and USCB IRB
2028 targets
•Returns: Group RoTE of greater than 14%4
•Capital returns2: plan to return greater than £15bn of capital to shareholders between 2026 and 2028, through dividends
and share buybacks. This provides capacity for additional investment and growth, exceeding the level of investment in
the current plan
•Income: greater than 5% compound annual growth rate (CAGR) 2025-2028
•Costs: Group cost: income ratio of low 50s in percentage terms. Cost target includes total gross efficiency savings of
greater than £2bn in 2026-2028
•Impairment: expect Group LLR of 50-60bps through the cycle
•Capital: CET1 ratio target range of 13-14%
–IB RWAs of c.50% of Group RWAs
1Our targets and guidance are based on management's current expectations as to the macroeconomic environment and the business and may be
subject to change.
2This multi-year plan is subject to supervisory and Board approvals, anticipated financial performance and our published CET1 ratio target range of
13-14%.
3Fundamental review of the trading book (FRTB) impact mostly expected in 2027.
4Management does not assess forward-looking “return on equity” (target RoE) as a performance indicator of the business, and therefore a
reconciliation of the forward-looking non-IFRS measures “return on tangible equity” (target RoTE) to equivalent IFRS measures is not available
without unreasonable efforts.
5Management does not assess forward-looking “Group NII” (target) as a performance indicator of the business, and therefore a reconciliation of
the forward-looking non-IFRS measure “Group NII excluding IB and Head Office” (target) to an equivalent IFRS measure is not available without
unreasonable efforts.
Barclays PLC | 8 | |
Performance Highlights |
Barclays Group results | Half year ended | Three months ended | |||||
30.06.26 | 30.06.25 | 30.06.26 | 30.06.25 | ||||
£m | £m | % Change | £m | £m | % Change | ||
Barclays UK | 4,517 | 4,193 | 8 | 2,259 | 2,119 | 7 | |
Barclays UK Corporate Bank | 1,088 | 1,003 | 8 | 558 | 519 | 8 | |
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management | 713 | 697 | 2 | 366 | 348 | 5 | |
Barclays Investment Bank | 7,986 | 7,180 | 11 | 3,958 | 3,307 | 20 | |
Barclays US Consumer Bank | 2,119 | 1,687 | 26 | 1,136 | 823 | 38 | |
Head Office | 78 | 136 | (43) | 61 | 71 | (14) | |
Total income | 16,501 | 14,896 | 11 | 8,338 | 7,187 | 16 | |
Operating costs | (8,873) | (8,407) | (6) | (4,514) | (4,149) | (9) | |
UK regulatory levies | (84) | (96) | 13 | — | — | #DIV/0! | |
Litigation and conduct | (108) | (87) | (24) | (4) | (76) | 95 | |
Total operating expenses | (9,065) | (8,590) | (6) | (4,518) | (4,225) | (7) | |
Other net income/(expense) | 24 | 9 | 3 | (9) | |||
Profit before impairment | 7,460 | 6,315 | 18 | 3,823 | 2,953 | 29 | |
Credit impairment charges | (1,394) | (1,112) | (25) | (571) | (469) | (22) | |
Profit before tax | 6,066 | 5,203 | 17 | 3,252 | 2,484 | 31 | |
Tax charge | (1,369) | (1,173) | (17) | (731) | (552) | (32) | |
Profit after tax | 4,697 | 4,030 | 17 | 2,521 | 1,932 | 30 | |
Non-controlling interests | (19) | (23) | 17 | (19) | (21) | 10 | |
Other equity instrument holders | (487) | (484) | (1) | (243) | (252) | 4 | |
Attributable profit | 4,191 | 3,523 | 19 | 2,259 | 1,659 | 36 | |
Performance measures | |||||||
Return on average shareholders' equity | 12.9% | 11.4% | 14.0% | 10.7% | |||
Return on average tangible shareholders' equity | 14.8% | 13.2% | 16.1% | 12.3% | |||
Average shareholders' equity (£bn) | 65.1 | 61.8 | 64.8 | 62.1 | |||
Average tangible shareholders' equity (£bn) | 56.7 | 53.5 | 56.1 | 53.9 | |||
Cost: income ratio | 55% | 58% | 54% | 59% | |||
Loan loss rate (bps) | 62 | 52 | 51 | 44 | |||
Basic earnings per ordinary share | 30.7p | 24.7p | 24 | 16.7p | 11.7p | 43 | |
Dividend per ordinary share | 5.9p | 3.0p | 97 | ||||
Share buybacks announced (£m) | 1,500 | 1,000 | 50 | 1,000 | 1,000 | — | |
Total payout equivalent per share | c.16.9p | c.10.1p | 69 | ||||
Basic weighted average number of shares (m) | 13,645 | 14,262 | (4) | 13,565 | 14,211 | (5) | |
Period end number of shares (m) | 13,507 | 14,180 | (5) | ||||
As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.12.25 | As at 30.06.25 | |
Balance sheet and capital management1 | £bn | £bn | £bn |
Loans and advances at amortised cost | 444.8 | 430.0 | 417.8 |
Loans and advances at amortised cost impairment coverage ratio | 1.2% | 1.2% | 1.2% |
Total assets | 1,730.4 | 1,544.2 | 1,598.7 |
Deposits at amortised cost | 594.4 | 585.6 | 564.5 |
Net asset value per share | 489p | 469p | 442p |
Tangible net asset value per share | 423p | 409p | 384p |
Common equity tier 1 ratio | 14.3% | 14.3% | 14.0% |
Common equity tier 1 capital | 52.2 | 51.1 | 49.5 |
Risk weighted assets | 364.8 | 356.8 | 353.0 |
UK leverage ratio | 4.9% | 5.1% | 5.0% |
UK leverage exposure | 1,345.6 | 1,247.3 | 1,259.8 |
Funding and liquidity | |||
Group liquidity pool (£bn) | 346.7 | 337.8 | 333.7 |
Liquidity coverage ratio2 | 157.7% | 170.0% | 177.7% |
Net stable funding ratio3 | 135.8% | 135.2% | 135.6% |
Loan: deposit ratio | 75% | 73% | 74% |
1Refer to pages 57 to 61 for further information on how capital, RWAs and leverage are calculated.
2Represents average of the last 12 spot month end ratios.
3Represents average of the last four spot quarter end positions.
Barclays PLC | 9 | |
Group Finance Director's Review |
H126 Group performance
•Barclays delivered a profit before tax of £6,066m (H125: £5,203m), RoE of 12.9% (H125: 11.4%), RoTE of 14.8%
(H125: 13.2%) and EPS of 30.7p (H125: 24.7p)
•The Group has a diverse income profile across businesses and geographies. The 4% year-on-year appreciation of
average GBP against USD negatively impacted income and profits, and positively impacted credit impairment charges
and total operating expenses
•Group income increased 11% to £16,501m, due to higher income in Global Markets and Investment Banking fees,
higher structural hedge income and the c.£225m gain from the sale of the AA portfolio
•Group total operating expenses increased to £9,065m (H125: £8,590m)
–Group operating costs increased 6% to £8,873m, reflecting business growth (including higher performance costs),
inflation, and further investment spend (including the Best Egg acquisition), partially offset by c.£350m of cost
efficiency savings and FX movements
–Litigation and conduct charges of £108m primarily reflected a £105m increase in the provision for the FCA motor
finance redress scheme in Q126
•Credit impairment charges increased to £1,394m (H125: £1,112m), primarily driven by a single name charge of £228m
in IB in Q126. Total coverage ratio remained stable at 1.2% (December 2025: 1.2%)
•The effective tax rate (ETR) was 22.6% (H125: 22.5%)
•Attributable profit was £4,191m (H125: £3,523m)
•Total assets increased to £1,730.4bn (December 2025: £1,544.2bn) driven by higher trading activity in IB, growth in
the liquidity pool and higher lending across the Group
•NAV per share increased to 489p (December 2025: 469p) and TNAV per share increased to 423p (December 2025:
409p) as EPS of 30.7p was partially offset by a 6p negative movement in the cash flow hedging reserve, a 6p reduction
from FY25 dividends paid in Q126, and a 6p reduction from share awards vesting in Q126
Group capital and leverage
•The CET1 ratio remained stable at 14.3% (December 2025: 14.3%). Taking into account the impact of the £1.0bn share
buyback announced today, the CET1 ratio as of 30 June 2026 would be reduced to 14.0% (at the top end of the 13-14%
target range)
•Q226 USCB sale of the AA portfolio and acquisition of Best Egg resulted in a marginal increase in the CET1 ratio with a
net release of £3.2bn RWAs partially offset by a £0.2bn decrease in CET1 capital, reflecting the c.£225m gain on sale of
the AA portfolio offset by £0.5bn of goodwill and intangibles from the Best Egg acquisition. Excluding the impacts of
these changes, other movements were:
–108bps increase from attributable profit
–68bps decrease driven by shareholder distributions including the now completed £1.5bn total share buybacks
announced with FY25 and Q126 results, and the accrual for the total 2026 dividend
–40bps decrease due to a £9.8bn increase in RWAs, excluding the impact of foreign exchange movements, primarily
driven by lending growth in UK businesses and higher activity in Global Markets
–A £0.2bn increase in CET1 capital due to an increase in the currency translation reserve was offset by a £1.3bn
increase in RWAs as a result of foreign exchange movements
•The UK leverage ratio decreased to 4.9% (December 2025: 5.1%) as leverage exposure increased by £98.3bn to
£1,345.6bn (December 2025: £1,247.3bn). The increase in leverage exposure was primarily driven by higher trading
activity in IB
Group funding and liquidity
•The liquidity metrics remain above regulatory requirements, underpinned by well-diversified sources of funding, a stable
global deposit franchise and a highly liquid balance sheet
•The liquidity pool was £346.7bn, an increase of £8.9bn from December 2025. The increase in the liquidity pool was
primarily driven by deposit growth across businesses and increased term wholesale funding.
•The average1 LCR was 157.7% (December 2025: 170.0%), equivalent to a surplus of £117.2bn (December 2025:
£131.2bn)
•Total deposits increased to £594.4bn (December 2025: £585.6bn), primarily driven by deposit growth in the
International Corporate Bank (ICB)
•The average2 Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) was 135.8% (December 2025: 135.2%), which represents a £171.7bn
surplus (December 2025: £166.3bn) above the 100% regulatory requirement
1Represents average of the last 12 spot month end ratios.
2Represents average of the last four spot quarter end ratios.
Barclays PLC | 10 | |
Group Finance Director's Review |
Group funding and liquidity (continued)
•Wholesale funding outstanding, excluding repurchase agreements, was £236.0bn (December 2025: £220.1bn)
•The Group issued £9.9bn equivalent of minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL) instruments
from Barclays PLC (the Parent company), completing the targeted 2026 MREL issuance plan within H126. The Group has
a strong MREL position with a ratio of 36.7%, which is in excess of the regulatory requirement of 30.5% excluding any
applicable confidential institution specific Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) buffer. The Group remains above its
minimum capital regulatory requirements and applicable buffers
Other matters
•Motor finance commission arrangements: In March 2026, the FCA published its final rules for an industry-wide redress
scheme for eligible motor finance customers where a commission was payable by the lender to the broker. Barclays
increased its provision in Q126 by £105m to reflect the expected financial impact of the redress scheme. Barclays holds a
Motor Finance provision of £430m as at 30 June 2026. Barclays decided not to challenge the FCA’s final rules in the
interests of enabling a swift resolution for customers. However, Barclays strongly disagrees with aspects of the rules
which require financial redress even where customers suffered no demonstrable financial harm. On 2 July 2026, the
Upper Tribunal ordered a suspension of parts of the redress scheme following four legal challenges to the FCA’s final
rules. The legal challenges are expected to be heard by the Upper Tribunal in Q426 or Q127. Such challenges will delay
and may otherwise affect the implementation of the redress scheme. The legal and regulatory outcomes and the nature,
extent and timing of any remediation action, therefore remain uncertain
•USCB changes in Q226:
–American Airlines co-branded credit card portfolio exit: On 24 April 2026 Barclays exited its American Airlines co-
branded credit card partnership, releasing £3.6bn of RWAs and generating a gain on sale of c.£225m
–Best Egg acquisition: On 1 May 2026, Barclays completed the acquisition of Best Egg for c.£0.6bn subject to
customary post-completion purchase price adjustments. Best Egg is a leading US direct-to-consumer personal loan
origination platform focused on prime borrowers. Barclays has acquired c.£0.3bn of financial assets and c.£0.2bn of
financial liabilities
–The effect of both transactions is a marginal increase to the Group's CET1 ratio in Q226, with a net release of RWAs
of £3.2bn and the c.£225m gain on sale from the AA portfolio exit, partially offset by a c.£0.5bn increase in goodwill
and intangibles from the Best Egg acquisition
•GoHenry acquisition: On 12 June 2026, Barclays announced that Barclays Bank UK PLC had entered into an agreement to
acquire GoHenry, a money management platform for children and young people in the UK. Completion of the transaction
is expected to occur in Q426, subject to regulatory approvals and other conditions. The transaction is expected to
marginally reduce the Group’s CET1 ratio
•One Churchill Place: On 30 June 2026 Barclays announced it had acquired a 999-year leasehold interest in its global
headquarters at One Churchill Place, London. The transaction secures Barclays’ control in its global headquarters beyond
the current lease term, due to expire in 2039, while providing greater certainty over long-term occupancy costs. The
transaction values the acquired leasehold interest at £750m and is broadly neutral to the Group’s CET1 ratio and
earnings
Anna Cross, Group Finance Director
Barclays PLC | 11 | |
Results by Business |
Barclays UK | Half year ended | Three months ended | |||||
30.06.26 | 30.06.25 | 30.06.26 | 30.06.25 | ||||
Income statement information | £m | £m | % Change | £m | £m | % Change | |
Net interest income | 3,986 | 3,677 | 8 | 2,000 | 1,855 | 8 | |
Net fee, commission and other income | 531 | 516 | 3 | 259 | 264 | (2) | |
Total income | 4,517 | 4,193 | 8 | 2,259 | 2,119 | 7 | |
Operating costs | (2,368) | (2,283) | (4) | (1,194) | (1,168) | (2) | |
UK regulatory levies | (44) | (43) | (2) | — | — | #DIV/0! | |
Litigation and conduct | — | (29) | (1) | (27) | 96 | ||
Total operating expenses | (2,412) | (2,355) | (2) | (1,195) | (1,195) | — | |
Other net income | — | — | — | — | — | — | |
Profit before impairment | 2,105 | 1,838 | 15 | 1,064 | 924 | 15 | |
Credit impairment charges | (338) | (237) | (43) | (160) | (79) | ||
Profit before tax | 1,767 | 1,601 | 10 | 904 | 845 | 7 | |
Attributable profit | 1,214 | 1,090 | 11 | 623 | 580 | 7 | |
Performance measures | |||||||
Return on average allocated equity | 15.1% | 13.9% | 15.4% | 14.8% | |||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 20.1% | 18.6% | 20.4% | 19.7% | |||
Average allocated equity (£bn) | 16.1 | 15.7 | 16.2 | 15.8 | |||
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn) | 12.1 | 11.7 | 12.2 | 11.8 | |||
Cost: income ratio | 53% | 56% | 53% | 56% | |||
Loan loss rate (bps) | 28 | 21 | 27 | 14 | |||
Net interest margin | 3.70% | 3.55% | 3.68% | 3.55% | |||
Key facts | As at 30.06.26 | As at 30.06.25 | |||||
UK mortgage balances (£bn) | 176.7 | 166.8 | |||||
Mortgage gross lending flow (£bn) | 17.7 | 15.4 | |||||
Average LTV of mortgage portfolio1 | 57% | 54% | |||||
Average LTV of new mortgage lending1 | 70% | 70% | |||||
Number of branches | 206 | 207 | |||||
Digitally active customers (m)2 | 14.1 | 13.7 | |||||
30 day arrears rate - total UK cards | 0.9% | 0.7% | |||||
90 day arrears rate - total UK cards | 0.3% | 0.2% | |||||
As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.12.25 | As at 30.06.25 | |||||
Balance sheet information | £bn | £bn | £bn | ||||
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost | 220.8 | 216.5 | 211.2 | ||||
Total assets | 304.9 | 299.6 | 299.7 | ||||
Customer deposits at amortised cost | 245.6 | 244.6 | 241.3 | ||||
Loan: deposit ratio | 97% | 94% | 94% | ||||
Risk weighted assets | 89.0 | 85.8 | 86.1 | ||||
1Average loan to value (LTV) of mortgages is balance weighted and reflects both residential and buy-to-let (BTL) mortgage portfolios within the
Home Loans portfolio.
2Excludes Tesco Bank
Barclays PLC | 12 | |
Results by Business |
Analysis of Barclays UK | Half year ended | Three months ended | |||||
30.06.26 | 30.06.25 | 30.06.26 | 30.06.25 | ||||
Analysis of total income | £m | £m | % Change | £m | £m | % Change | |
Retail Banking | 3,436 | 3,172 | 8 | 1,711 | 1,599 | 7 | |
Business Banking | 1,081 | 1,021 | 6 | 548 | 520 | 5 | |
Total income | 4,517 | 4,193 | 8 | 2,259 | 2,119 | 7 | |
Analysis of credit impairment (charges)/releases | |||||||
Retail Banking | (344) | (204) | (69) | (165) | (59) | ||
Business Banking | 6 | (33) | 5 | (20) | |||
Total credit impairment charges | (338) | (237) | (43) | (160) | (79) | ||
As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.12.25 | As at 30.06.25 | |||||
Analysis of loans and advances to customers at amortised cost | £bn | £bn | £bn | ||||
Retail Banking | 203.1 | 198.6 | 192.4 | ||||
Business Banking | 17.7 | 17.9 | 18.8 | ||||
Total loans and advances to customers at amortised cost | 220.8 | 216.5 | 211.2 | ||||
Analysis of customer deposits at amortised cost | |||||||
Retail Banking | 194.5 | 192.7 | 189.3 | ||||
Business Banking | 51.1 | 51.9 | 52.0 | ||||
Total customer deposits at amortised cost | 245.6 | 244.6 | 241.3 | ||||
Barclays UK delivered a RoE of 15.1% (H125: 13.9%) and a RoTE of 20.1% (H125:18.6%) supported by robust income,
disciplined cost management and underpinned by strong asset quality.
Income statement - H126 compared to H125
•Profit before tax increased 10% to £1,767m
•Total income increased 8% to £4,517m. NII increased 8% to £3,986m, as higher structural hedge income was partially
offset by retail deposit dynamics and mortgage margin compression. Net fee, commission and other income increased
3% to £531m
•Total operating expenses increased 2% to £2,412m, driven by higher investments and inflation. Ongoing efficiency
savings continue to be reinvested, to drive sustainable improvement to the cost: income ratio
•Credit impairment charges were £338m (H125: £237m), reflecting stable underlying credit performance. Total charges
are higher than those in H125, which benefitted from a recalibration adjustment in the Retail credit cards portfolio to
reflect resilient customer behaviour. Retail credit cards 30 and 90 day arrears rates were 0.9% (H125: 0.7%) and 0.3%
(H125: 0.2%) respectively. The Retail credit cards total coverage ratio increased to 4.5% (December 2025: 4.3%)
Balance sheet - 30 June 2026 compared to 31 December 2025
•Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost increased £4.3bn to £220.8bn, primarily driven by growth in
mortgages, partially offset by the impact of securitisations
•Customer deposits at amortised cost increased by £1.0bn to £245.6bn, driven by an increase in Retail Banking
deposits. The loan: deposit ratio remained broadly stable at 97% (December 2025: 94%)
•RWAs increased to £89.0bn (December 2025: £85.8bn), primarily due to growth in mortgages, partially offset by the
securitisation of credit risk assets
Barclays PLC | 13 | |
Results by Business |
Barclays UK Corporate Bank | Half year ended | Three months ended | |||||
30.06.26 | 30.06.25 | 30.06.26 | 30.06.25 | ||||
Income statement information | £m | £m | % Change | £m | £m | % Change | |
Net interest income | 807 | 701 | 15 | 413 | 359 | 15 | |
Net fee, commission and other income | 281 | 302 | (7) | 145 | 160 | (9) | |
Total income | 1,088 | 1,003 | 8 | 558 | 519 | 8 | |
Operating costs | (488) | (474) | (3) | (249) | (240) | (4) | |
UK regulatory levies | (15) | (24) | 38 | — | — | #DIV/0! | |
Litigation and conduct | — | (39) | — | (39) | |||
Total operating expenses | (503) | (537) | 6 | (249) | (279) | 11 | |
Other net income | — | — | — | — | — | — | |
Profit before impairment | 585 | 466 | 26 | 309 | 240 | 29 | |
Credit impairment charges | (19) | (31) | 39 | (16) | (12) | (33) | |
Profit before tax | 566 | 435 | 30 | 293 | 228 | 29 | |
Attributable profit | 388 | 284 | 37 | 201 | 142 | 42 | |
Performance measures | |||||||
Return on average allocated equity | 20.6% | 16.8% | 21.3% | 16.6% | |||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 20.6% | 16.8% | 21.3% | 16.6% | |||
Average allocated equity (£bn) | 3.8 | 3.4 | 3.8 | 3.4 | |||
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn) | 3.8 | 3.4 | 3.8 | 3.4 | |||
Cost: income ratio | 46% | 54% | 45% | 54% | |||
Loan loss rate (bps) | 12 | 22 | 20 | 17 | |||
As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.12.25 | As at 30.06.25 | |||||
Balance sheet information | £bn | £bn | £bn | ||||
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost | 31.3 | 30.0 | 27.9 | ||||
Deposits at amortised cost | 89.1 | 88.7 | 85.3 | ||||
Risk weighted assets | 26.6 | 26.5 | 25.3 | ||||
Half year ended | Three months ended | ||||||
30.06.26 | 30.06.25 | 30.06.26 | 30.06.25 | ||||
Analysis of total income | £m | £m | % Change | £m | £m | % Change | |
Corporate lending | 185 | 170 | 9 | 96 | 90 | 7 | |
Transaction banking | 903 | 833 | 8 | 462 | 429 | 8 | |
Total income | 1,088 | 1,003 | 8 | 558 | 519 | 8 | |
UKCB delivered a RoE of 20.6% (H125: 16.8%) and a RoTE of 20.6% (H125: 16.8%), reflecting increased income from
higher average deposit and lending balances, and positive operating jaws.
Income statement - H126 compared to H125
•Profit before tax increased 30% to £566m
•Total income increased 8% to £1,088m, NII increased 15% to £807m, driven by higher average deposit and lending
balances, and structural hedge income benefit. Net fee, commission and other income decreased 7% to £281m driven by
lower liquidity pool income
•Total operating expenses decreased 6% to £503m, reflecting the non-repeat of prior year litigation and conduct
charges. Operating costs increased 3% to £488m, reflecting higher investment spend to support business growth
strategy, with ongoing efficiency savings offsetting inflationary headwinds
•Credit impairment charges were £19m (H125: £31m), reflecting stable underlying credit performance and limited single
name charges
Balance sheet - 30 June 2026 compared to 31 December 2025
•Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost increased to £31.3bn (December 2025: £30.0bn), reflecting the
strategic focus to grow lending
•Deposits at amortised cost increased to £89.1bn (December 2025: £88.7bn), driven by an inflow of balances from new
and existing clients
•RWAs were stable at £26.6bn (December 2025: £26.5bn)
Barclays PLC | 14 | |
Results by Business |
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management | Half year ended | Three months ended | |||||
30.06.26 | 30.06.25 | 30.06.26 | 30.06.25 | ||||
Income statement information | £m | £m | % Change | £m | £m | % Change | |
Net interest income | 420 | 407 | 3 | 216 | 203 | 6 | |
Net fee, commission and other income | 293 | 290 | 1 | 150 | 145 | 3 | |
Total income | 713 | 697 | 2 | 366 | 348 | 5 | |
Operating costs | (521) | (472) | (10) | (267) | (238) | (12) | |
UK regulatory levies | (3) | (2) | (50) | — | — | ||
Litigation and conduct | — | — | — | — | |||
Total operating expenses | (524) | (474) | (11) | (267) | (238) | (12) | |
Other net income | — | — | — | — | — | — | |
Profit before impairment | 189 | 223 | (15) | 99 | 110 | (10) | |
Credit impairment (charges)/ releases | (3) | 11 | (5) | 2 | |||
Profit before tax | 186 | 234 | (21) | 94 | 112 | (16) | |
Attributable profit | 148 | 184 | (20) | 75 | 88 | (15) | |
Performance measures | |||||||
Return on average allocated equity | 24.1% | 30.6% | 24.8% | 29.3% | |||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 26.1% | 33.2% | 26.9% | 31.9% | |||
Average allocated equity (£bn) | 1.2 | 1.2 | 1.2 | 1.2 | |||
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn) | 1.1 | 1.1 | 1.1 | 1.1 | |||
Cost: income ratio | 73% | 68% | 73% | 68% | |||
Loan loss rate (bps) | 4 | (15) | 13 | (5) | |||
Key facts | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |||
Net new assets under management1 | 1.8 | 1.9 | 0.3 | 0.9 | |||
As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.12.25 | As at 30.06.25 | |||||
Balance sheet information | £bn | £bn | £bn | ||||
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost | 14.8 | 14.7 | 14.5 | ||||
Deposits at amortised cost | 72.7 | 72.0 | 66.7 | ||||
Risk weighted assets | 8.0 | 8.0 | 7.9 | ||||
Invested assets2 | 142.5 | 140.6 | 131.9 | ||||
Of which: | |||||||
Assets under management1 | 55.8 | 52.9 | 48.5 | ||||
Assets under supervision1 | 86.7 | 87.7 | 83.4 | ||||
Client assets and liabilities3 | 230.2 | 227.6 | 213.4 | ||||
PBWM delivered a RoE of 24.1% (H125: 30.6%) and a RoTE of 26.1% (H125: 33.2%), reflecting higher costs from
accelerated investment to support future growth and efficiency strategy, and a higher impairment charge.
Income statement - H126 compared to H125
•Profit before tax decreased 21% to £186m
•Total income increased 2% to £713m, driven by growth in client balances, partially offset by the impact of deposit mix
•Total operating expenses increased 11% to £524m, reflecting ongoing investment to support business growth strategy
and inflationary headwinds, partially offset by efficiency savings
Balance sheet - 30 June 2026 compared to 31 December 2025
•Client assets and liabilities increased £2.6bn to £230.2bn, driven by higher invested assets due to market movements
and net new inflow of deposit balances
•RWAs were stable at £8.0bn (December 2025: £8.0bn)
1Refer to pages 97 and 110 for further information on net new assets under management, assets under management and assets under
supervision.
2Invested assets (held off-balance sheet) represent assets under management and supervision. Uninvested cash held under an investment
mandate and reported within deposits is excluded from invested assets.
3Client assets and liabilities refers to deposits, lending and invested assets.
Barclays PLC | 15 | |
Results by Business |
Barclays Investment Bank | Half year ended | Three months ended | |||||
30.06.26 | 30.06.25 | 30.06.26 | 30.06.25 | ||||
Income statement information | £m | £m | % Change | £m | £m | % Change | |
Net interest income | 794 | 631 | 26 | 411 | 334 | 23 | |
Net trading income | 4,629 | 4,322 | 7 | 2,271 | 1,906 | 19 | |
Net fee, commission and other income | 2,563 | 2,227 | 15 | 1,276 | 1,067 | 20 | |
Total income | 7,986 | 7,180 | 11 | 3,958 | 3,307 | 20 | |
Operating costs | (4,306) | (3,993) | (8) | (2,199) | (1,932) | (14) | |
UK regulatory levies | (22) | (27) | 19 | — | — | #DIV/0! | |
Litigation and conduct | 2 | (11) | — | (8) | |||
Total operating expenses | (4,326) | (4,031) | (7) | (2,199) | (1,940) | (13) | |
Other net income | — | — | — | — | — | — | |
Profit before impairment | 3,660 | 3,149 | 16 | 1,759 | 1,367 | 29 | |
Credit impairment charges | (323) | (139) | (44) | (67) | 34 | ||
Profit before tax | 3,337 | 3,010 | 11 | 1,715 | 1,300 | 32 | |
Attributable profit | 2,315 | 2,075 | 12 | 1,204 | 876 | 37 | |
Performance measures | |||||||
Return on average allocated equity | 15.5% | 14.2% | 16.0% | 12.2% | |||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 15.5% | 14.2% | 16.0% | 12.2% | |||
Average allocated equity (£bn) | 29.9 | 29.2 | 30.0 | 28.7 | |||
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn) | 29.9 | 29.2 | 30.0 | 28.7 | |||
Income over average risk weighted assets | 7.9% | 7.2% | 7.7% | 6.7% | |||
Cost: income ratio | 54% | 56% | 56% | 59% | |||
Loan loss rate (bps) | 47 | 22 | 13 | 21 | |||
As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.12.25 | As at 30.06.25 | |||||
Balance sheet information | £bn | £bn | £bn | ||||
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost | 70.8 | 70.0 | 66.8 | ||||
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost | 11.0 | 7.4 | 7.1 | ||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | 54.5 | 52.9 | 52.4 | ||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | 136.3 | 130.3 | 126.3 | ||||
Trading portfolio assets | 208.2 | 189.5 | 186.1 | ||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | 209.9 | 183.6 | 215.2 | ||||
Derivative financial instrument assets | 302.6 | 251.5 | 279.0 | ||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | 182.5 | 121.6 | 145.0 | ||||
Deposits at amortised cost | 162.3 | 156.1 | 148.7 | ||||
Derivative financial instrument liabilities | 291.6 | 240.6 | 265.1 | ||||
Risk weighted assets | 204.1 | 196.7 | 196.4 | ||||
Half year ended | Three months ended | ||||||
30.06.26 | 30.06.25 | 30.06.26 | 30.06.25 | ||||
Analysis of total income | £m | £m | % Change | £m | £m | % Change | |
FICC | 3,187 | 3,149 | 1 | 1,471 | 1,450 | 1 | |
Equities | 2,377 | 1,833 | 30 | 1,261 | 870 | 45 | |
Global Markets | 5,564 | 4,982 | 12 | 2,732 | 2,320 | 18 | |
Advisory | 443 | 266 | 67 | 188 | 123 | 53 | |
Equity capital markets | 249 | 151 | 65 | 157 | 81 | 94 | |
Debt capital markets | 809 | 795 | 2 | 402 | 364 | 10 | |
Banking fees and underwriting | 1,501 | 1,212 | 24 | 747 | 568 | 32 | |
Corporate lending | 53 | 152 | (65) | 37 | (4) | ||
Transaction banking | 868 | 834 | 4 | 442 | 423 | 4 | |
International Corporate Bank | 921 | 986 | (7) | 479 | 419 | 14 | |
Investment Banking | 2,422 | 2,198 | 10 | 1,226 | 987 | 24 | |
Total income | 7,986 | 7,180 | 11 | 3,958 | 3,307 | 20 | |
Barclays PLC | 16 | |
Results by Business |
IB delivered a RoE of 15.5% (H125: 14.2%) and a RoTE of 15.5% (H125: 14.2%), driven by higher Global Markets,
Investment Banking fees and underwriting income, whilst maintaining cost and capital discipline, driving positive operating
jaws and improved RWA productivity.
Income statement - H126 compared to H125
•Profit before tax increased to £3,337m (H125: £3,010m)
•IB has a diverse income profile across businesses and geographies. The 4% appreciation of average GBP against USD
adversely impacted income and profits, and positively impacted credit impairment charges and total operating expenses
•Total income increased 11% to £7,986m, including the adverse impact of strengthening average GBP against USD
–Global Markets income increased 12% to £5,564m, driven by increased income in Equities and Credit
–FICC income was stable at £3,187m (H125: £3,149m), despite strong prior year performance, as we continued to
provide support to clients through a range of environments
–Equities income increased 30% to £2,377m, reflecting growth in Prime Financing balances, and Equity Derivatives
–Investment Banking income increased 10% to £2,422m
–Banking fees and underwriting income increased 24% to £1,501m, primarily driven by Advisory and Equity
Capital Markets, up 67% and 65% respectively. Debt Capital Markets were broadly stable
–ICB income decreased 7% to £921m. Transaction banking income increased 4% to £868m, as higher income
from growth in deposit balances was partially offset by margin compression due to change in deposits product
mix. Corporate lending income decreased to £53m, reflecting the non-repeat of fair value gains on leverage
finance lending (c.£105m) in Q125, while underlying business performance was broadly stable
•Total operating expenses increased to £4,326m (H125: £4,031m), driven by higher performance costs partially offset
by efficiency savings and the impact of strengthening average GBP against USD
•Credit impairment charges increased to £323m (H125: £139m), primarily driven by a single name charge of £228m in
Q126
Balance sheet - 30 June 2026 compared to 31 December 2025
•Loans and advances at amortised cost increased to £136.3bn (December 2025: £130.3bn), driven by increased
lending in Investment Banking
•Trading portfolio assets increased to £208.2bn (December 2025: £189.5bn), driven by increased trading activity in
debt securities to facilitate client demand in Global Markets
•Financial assets at fair value through the income statement increased to £209.9bn (December 2025: £183.6bn),
driven by increased secured lending in Global Markets
•Derivative financial instrument assets increased to £302.6bn (December 2025: £251.5bn) and liabilities increased to
£291.6bn (December 2025: £240.6bn), reflecting an increase in client activity and mark-to-market in Equity and FX
Derivatives
•Deposits at amortised cost increased to £162.3bn (December 2025: £156.1bn), driven by growth in deposits primarily
in the ICB
•RWAs increased to £204.1bn (December 2025: £196.7bn), mainly driven by higher activity in Global Markets as we
continued to support clients through a range of environments
Barclays PLC | 17 | |
Results by Business |
Barclays US Consumer Bank | Half year ended | Three months ended | |||||
30.06.26 | 30.06.25 | 30.06.26 | 30.06.25 | ||||
Income statement information | £m | £m | % Change | £m | £m | % Change | |
Net interest income | 1,555 | 1,318 | 18 | 732 | 640 | 14 | |
Net fee, commission and other income | 564 | 369 | 53 | 404 | 183 | ||
Total income | 2,119 | 1,687 | 26 | 1,136 | 823 | 38 | |
Operating costs | (822) | (803) | (2) | (442) | (396) | (12) | |
UK regulatory levies | — | — | — | — | — | — | |
Litigation and conduct | (2) | (3) | 33 | (2) | — | ||
Total operating expenses | (824) | (806) | (2) | (444) | (396) | (12) | |
Other net income | — | — | — | — | — | — | |
Profit before impairment | 1,295 | 881 | 47 | 692 | 427 | 62 | |
Credit impairment charges | (713) | (711) | — | (346) | (312) | (11) | |
Profit before tax | 582 | 170 | 346 | 115 | |||
Attributable profit | 429 | 128 | 253 | 87 | |||
Performance measures | |||||||
Return on average allocated equity | 20.5% | 6.3% | 24.7% | 8.8% | |||
Return on average allocated tangible equity1 | 24.2% | 7.3% | 30.2% | 10.2% | |||
Average allocated equity (£bn) | 4.2 | 4.1 | 4.1 | 4.0 | |||
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn) | 3.5 | 3.5 | 3.3 | 3.4 | |||
Cost: income ratio | 39% | 48% | 39% | 48% | |||
Loan loss rate (bps)2 | 575 | 523 | 555 | 456 | |||
Net interest margin | 12.96% | 10.68% | 13.20% | 10.83% | |||
Key facts | |||||||
US cards 30 day arrears rate | 2.9% | 2.8% | |||||
US cards 90 days arrears rate | 1.6% | 1.6% | |||||
US cards customer FICO score distribution3 | |||||||
<660 | 14% | 12% | |||||
>660 | 86% | 88% | |||||
End net receivables (reported) ($bn) | 29.7 | 32.9 | |||||
As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.12.25 | As at 30.06.25 | |||||
Balance sheet information | £bn | £bn | £bn | ||||
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost | 21.7 | 21.1 | 18.2 | ||||
Deposits at amortised cost | 24.7 | 24.2 | 22.5 | ||||
Risk weighted assets | 24.3 | 27.4 | 24.7 | ||||
1Return on average allocated tangible equity, excluding a c.£225m Q226 gain on sale (recorded in Net fee, commission and other income), from
the AA portfolio exit, was 10.5% for Q226 and 14.9% for H126, as a result of an adjusted attributable profit of £87m and £263m, respectively.
2H125 and Q225 LLR includes held for sale portfolios to remain consistent with the treatment of impairment.
3Reflects FICO distribution based on ending net receivables for customer credit cards.
USCB delivered a RoE of 20.5% (H125: 6.3%) and a RoTE of 24.2% (H125: 7.3%), reflecting a c.£225m Q226 gain on sale
from the AA portfolio exit, continued operational progress, with increased income from business growth, higher net interest
margin and positive operating jaws. Excluding the gain on sale of c.£225m (resulting in an adjusted attributable profit of
£263m), the H126 RoTE was 14.9%.
Income statement - H126 compared to H125
•Profit before tax increased to £582m (H125: £170m)
•The 4% appreciation of average GBP against USD adversely impacted income and profits, and positively impacted credit
impairment charges and total operating expenses
•Total income increased 26% to £2,119m, including the adverse impact of the strengthening of average GBP against
USD. NII increased 18% to £1,555m including business growth, repricing initiatives and change in portfolio mix. Net fee,
commission and other income increased 53% to £564m driven by gain on sale from the AA portfolio and the Best Egg
acquisition
•Total operating expenses increased 2% to £824m, driven by the acquisitions of Best Egg and the General Motors co-
branded cards portfolio (GM Portfolio), business growth, and inflationary headwinds, partially offset by lower partner
related expenses, the strengthening of average GBP against USD, and ongoing efficiency savings
Barclays PLC | 18 | |
Results by Business |
•Credit impairment charges were £713m (H125: £711m), reflecting broadly stable underlying credit performance and
the £26m day 1 impact from the Best Egg acquisition. US cards 30 and 90 day arrears rates were 2.9% (H125: 2.8%) and
1.6% (H125: 1.6%) respectively. The USCB total coverage ratio was 11.1% (December 2025: 11.1%)
Balance sheet - 30 June 2026 compared to 31 December 2025
•Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost were broadly stable at £21.7bn (December 2025: £21.1bn)
•Deposits at amortised cost increased to £24.7bn (December 2025: £24.2bn), with growth in retail savings which is in
line with USCB's strategy to grow core deposits
•RWAs decreased to £24.3bn (December 2025: £27.4bn), driven by a net £3.2bn reduction relating to the AA portfolio
sale and Best Egg acquisition
Barclays PLC | 19 | |
Results by Business |
Head Office | Half year ended | Three months ended | |||||
30.06.26 | 30.06.25 | 30.06.26 | 30.06.25 | ||||
Income statement information | £m | £m | % Change | £m | £m | % Change | |
Net interest income | 96 | 288 | (67) | 149 | 114 | 31 | |
Net fee, commission and other income | (18) | (152) | 88 | (88) | (43) | ||
Total income | 78 | 136 | (43) | 61 | 71 | (14) | |
Operating costs | (368) | (382) | 4 | (163) | (175) | 7 | |
UK regulatory levies | — | — | #DIV/0! | — | — | ||
Litigation and conduct | (108) | (5) | (1) | (2) | 50 | ||
Total operating expenses | (476) | (387) | (23) | (164) | (177) | 7 | |
Other net income | 24 | 9 | 3 | (9) | |||
Loss before impairment | (374) | (242) | (55) | (100) | (115) | 13 | |
Credit impairment releases/(charges) | 2 | (5) | — | (1) | |||
Loss before tax | (372) | (247) | (51) | (100) | (116) | 14 | |
Attributable loss | (303) | (238) | (27) | (97) | (114) | 15 | |
Performance measures | |||||||
Average allocated equity (£bn) | 9.9 | 8.2 | 9.5 | 9.0 | |||
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn) | 6.3 | 4.6 | 5.6 | 5.5 | |||
As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.12.25 | As at 30.06.25 | |||||
Balance sheet information | £bn | £bn | £bn | ||||
Risk weighted assets | 12.7 | 12.3 | 12.6 | ||||
Income statement - H126 compared to H125
•Loss before tax was £372m (H125: £247m)
•Total income decreased to £78m (H125: £136m), driven by the impact of the disposal of the German consumer finance
business in Q125, and hedge accounting
•Total operating expenses increased to £476m (H125: £387m), reflecting the £105m increase in the provision for the
FCA motor finance redress scheme in Q126
Balance sheet - 30 June 2026 compared to 31 December 2025
•RWAs increased to £12.7bn (December 2025: £12.3bn) driven by the net impact of the acquisition of the long-term
leasehold interest in One Churchill Place
Barclays PLC | 20 | |
Quarterly Results Summary |
Barclays Group | ||||||||||
Q226 | Q126 | Q425 | Q325 | Q225 | Q125 | Q424 | Q324 | |||
Income statement information | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Net interest income | 3,921 | 3,737 | 3,734 | 3,745 | 3,505 | 3,517 | 3,500 | 3,308 | ||
Net fee, commission and other income | 4,417 | 4,426 | 3,343 | 3,422 | 3,682 | 4,192 | 3,464 | 3,239 | ||
Total income | 8,338 | 8,163 | 7,077 | 7,167 | 7,187 | 7,709 | 6,964 | 6,547 | ||
Operating costs | (4,514) | (4,359) | (4,379) | (4,254) | (4,149) | (4,258) | (4,244) | (3,954) | ||
UK regulatory levies | — | (84) | (229) | 12 | — | (96) | (227) | 27 | ||
Litigation and conduct | (4) | (104) | (50) | (255) | (76) | (11) | (121) | (35) | ||
Total operating expenses | (4,518) | (4,547) | (4,658) | (4,497) | (4,225) | (4,365) | (4,592) | (3,962) | ||
Other net income/(expenses) | 3 | 21 | (25) | 39 | (9) | 18 | — | 21 | ||
Profit before impairment | 3,823 | 3,637 | 2,394 | 2,709 | 2,953 | 3,362 | 2,372 | 2,606 | ||
Credit impairment charges | (571) | (823) | (535) | (632) | (469) | (643) | (711) | (374) | ||
Profit before tax | 3,252 | 2,814 | 1,859 | 2,077 | 2,484 | 2,719 | 1,661 | 2,232 | ||
Tax charges | (731) | (638) | (388) | (365) | (552) | (621) | (448) | (412) | ||
Profit after tax | 2,521 | 2,176 | 1,471 | 1,712 | 1,932 | 2,098 | 1,213 | 1,820 | ||
Non-controlling interests | (19) | — | (18) | — | (21) | (2) | (20) | (3) | ||
Other equity instrument holders | (243) | (244) | (258) | (255) | (252) | (232) | (228) | (253) | ||
Attributable profit | 2,259 | 1,932 | 1,195 | 1,457 | 1,659 | 1,864 | 965 | 1,564 | ||
Performance measures | ||||||||||
Return on average shareholders' equity | 14.0% | 11.8% | 7.4% | 9.2% | 10.7% | 12.1% | 6.5% | 10.6% | ||
Return on average tangible shareholders' equity | 16.1% | 13.5% | 8.5% | 10.6% | 12.3% | 14.0% | 7.5% | 12.3% | ||
Average shareholders' equity (£bn) | 64.8 | 65.5 | 64.8 | 63.3 | 62.1 | 61.4 | 59.7 | 59.1 | ||
Average tangible shareholders' equity (£bn) | 56.1 | 57.2 | 56.5 | 55.1 | 53.9 | 53.1 | 51.5 | 51.0 | ||
Cost: income ratio | 54% | 56% | 66% | 63% | 59% | 57% | 66% | 61% | ||
Loan loss rate (bps) | 51 | 74 | 48 | 57 | 44 | 61 | 66 | 37 | ||
Basic earnings per ordinary share | 16.7p | 14.1 | 8.6p | 10.4p | 11.7p | 13.0p | 6.7p | 10.7p | ||
Basic weighted average number of shares (m) | 13,565 | 13,727 | 13,883 | 14,045 | 14,211 | 14,314 | 14,432 | 14,648 | ||
Period end number of shares (m) | 13,507 | 13,737 | 13,867 | 13,996 | 14,180 | 14,336 | 14,420 | 14,571 | ||
Balance sheet and capital management1 | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | ||
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost | 359.3 | 358.3 | 352.8 | 346.4 | 339.2 | 338.6 | 337.9 | 326.5 | ||
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost | 12.0 | 12.0 | 8.7 | 9.4 | 8.7 | 9.4 | 8.3 | 8.1 | ||
Debt securities at amortised cost | 73.5 | 68.3 | 68.5 | 70.7 | 69.9 | 71.4 | 68.2 | 64.6 | ||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | 444.8 | 438.6 | 430.0 | 426.5 | 417.8 | 419.4 | 414.5 | 399.2 | ||
Loans and advances at amortised cost impairment coverage ratio | 1.2% | 1.3% | 1.2% | 1.2% | 1.2% | 1.2% | 1.2% | 1.3% | ||
Total assets | 1,730.4 | 1,694.8 | 1,544.2 | 1,629.2 | 1,598.7 | 1,593.5 | 1,518.2 | 1,531.1 | ||
Deposits at amortised cost | 594.4 | 587.6 | 585.6 | 575.3 | 564.5 | 574.3 | 560.7 | 542.8 | ||
Net asset value per share | 489p | 466p | 469p | 451p | 442p | 430p | 414p | 407p | ||
Tangible net asset value per share | 423p | 405p | 409p | 392p | 384p | 372p | 357p | 351p | ||
Common equity tier 1 ratio | 14.3% | 14.1% | 14.3% | 14.1% | 14.0% | 13.9% | 13.6% | 13.8% | ||
Common equity tier 1 capital | 52.2 | 51.2 | 51.1 | 50.3 | 49.5 | 48.8 | 48.6 | 47.0 | ||
Risk weighted assets | 364.8 | 364.5 | 356.8 | 357.4 | 353.0 | 351.3 | 358.1 | 340.4 | ||
UK leverage ratio | 4.9% | 4.8% | 5.1% | 4.9% | 5.0% | 5.0% | 5.0% | 4.9% | ||
UK leverage exposure | 1,345.6 | 1,321.3 | 1,247.3 | 1,285.3 | 1,259.8 | 1,252.8 | 1,206.5 | 1,197.4 | ||
Funding and liquidity | ||||||||||
Group liquidity pool (£bn) | 346.7 | 326.1 | 337.8 | 332.9 | 333.7 | 336.3 | 296.9 | 311.7 | ||
Liquidity coverage ratio2 | 157.7% | 165.4% | 170.0% | 174.6% | 177.7% | 175.3% | 172.4% | 170.1% | ||
Net stable funding ratio | 135.8% | 135.4% | 135.2% | 135.3% | 135.6% | 136.2% | 134.9% | 135.6% | ||
Loan: deposit ratio | 75% | 75% | 73% | 74% | 74% | 73% | 74% | 74% | ||
1Refer to pages 57 to 61 for further information on how capital, RWAs and leverage are calculated.
2Represents average of the last 12 spot month end ratios. In June 2025, Barclays implemented a new methodology for calculating net stress
outflows related to secured financing transactions in the liquidity coverage ratio (LCR).
Barclays PLC | 21 | |
Quarterly Results by Business |
Barclays UK | ||||||||||
Q226 | Q126 | Q425 | Q325 | Q225 | Q125 | Q4241 | Q324 | |||
Income statement information | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Net interest income | 2,000 | 1,986 | 2,015 | 1,961 | 1,855 | 1,822 | 1,815 | 1,666 | ||
Net fee, commission and other income | 259 | 272 | 247 | 292 | 264 | 252 | 800 | 280 | ||
Total income | 2,259 | 2,258 | 2,262 | 2,253 | 2,119 | 2,074 | 2,615 | 1,946 | ||
Operating costs | (1,194) | (1,174) | (1,274) | (1,189) | (1,168) | (1,115) | (1,170) | (1,017) | ||
UK regulatory levies | — | (44) | (41) | (1) | — | (43) | (36) | 12 | ||
Litigation and conduct | (1) | 1 | (14) | (8) | (27) | (2) | (9) | (1) | ||
Total operating expenses | (1,195) | (1,217) | (1,329) | (1,198) | (1,195) | (1,160) | (1,215) | (1,006) | ||
Other net income | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||
Profit before impairment | 1,064 | 1,041 | 933 | 1,055 | 924 | 914 | 1,400 | 940 | ||
Credit impairment charges | (160) | (178) | (74) | (102) | (79) | (158) | (283) | (16) | ||
Profit before tax | 904 | 863 | 859 | 953 | 845 | 756 | 1,117 | 924 | ||
Attributable profit | 623 | 591 | 706 | 647 | 580 | 510 | 781 | 621 | ||
Balance sheet information | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | ||
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost | 220.8 | 217.8 | 216.5 | 213.4 | 211.2 | 209.6 | 207.7 | 199.3 | ||
Customer deposits at amortised cost | 245.6 | 243.9 | 244.6 | 241.5 | 241.3 | 243.1 | 244.2 | 236.3 | ||
Loan: deposit ratio | 97% | 95% | 94% | 95% | 94% | 93% | 92% | 92% | ||
Risk weighted assets | 89.0 | 87.5 | 85.8 | 86.7 | 86.1 | 85.0 | 84.5 | 77.5 | ||
Performance measures | ||||||||||
Return on average allocated equity | 15.4% | 14.8% | 17.8% | 16.3% | 14.8% | 13.0% | 20.7% | 17.1% | ||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 20.4% | 19.7% | 23.8% | 21.8% | 19.7% | 17.4% | 28.0% | 23.4% | ||
Average allocated equity (£bn) | 16.2 | 15.9 | 15.9 | 15.9 | 15.8 | 15.7 | 15.1 | 14.5 | ||
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn) | 12.2 | 12.0 | 11.9 | 11.9 | 11.8 | 11.7 | 11.2 | 10.6 | ||
Cost: income ratio | 53% | 54% | 59% | 53% | 56% | 56% | 46% | 52% | ||
Loan loss rate (bps) | 27 | 31 | 13 | 18 | 14 | 28 | 49 | 3 | ||
Net interest margin | 3.68% | 3.72% | 3.72% | 3.68% | 3.55% | 3.55% | 3.53% | 3.34% | ||
1Q424 includes the day 1 impacts from the acquisition of Tesco Bank: total Income includes a £556m gain, and credit impairment charges
includes a £209m charge.
Barclays PLC | 22 | |
Quarterly Results by Business |
Analysis of Barclays UK | Q226 | Q126 | Q425 | Q325 | Q225 | Q125 | Q4241 | Q324 | ||
Analysis of total income | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Retail Banking | 1,711 | 1,725 | 1,702 | 1,708 | 1,599 | 1,573 | 2,078 | 1,433 | ||
Business Banking | 548 | 533 | 560 | 545 | 520 | 501 | 537 | 513 | ||
Total income | 2,259 | 2,258 | 2,262 | 2,253 | 2,119 | 2,074 | 2,615 | 1,946 | ||
Analysis of credit impairment (charges)/releases | ||||||||||
Retail Banking | (165) | (179) | (72) | (98) | (59) | (145) | (279) | (12) | ||
Business Banking | 5 | 1 | (2) | (4) | (20) | (13) | (4) | (4) | ||
Total credit impairment charges | (160) | (178) | (74) | (102) | (79) | (158) | (283) | (16) | ||
Analysis of loans and advances to customers at amortised cost | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | ||
Retail Banking | 203.1 | 200.1 | 198.6 | 195.2 | 192.4 | 190.4 | 188.0 | 178.7 | ||
Business Banking | 17.7 | 17.7 | 17.9 | 18.2 | 18.8 | 19.2 | 19.7 | 20.6 | ||
Total loans and advances to customers at amortised cost | 220.8 | 217.8 | 216.5 | 213.4 | 211.2 | 209.6 | 207.7 | 199.3 | ||
Analysis of customer deposits at amortised cost | ||||||||||
Retail Banking | 194.5 | 193.1 | 192.7 | 189.3 | 189.3 | 190.8 | 191.4 | 182.9 | ||
Business Banking | 51.1 | 50.8 | 51.9 | 52.2 | 52.0 | 52.3 | 52.8 | 53.4 | ||
Total customer deposits at amortised cost | 245.6 | 243.9 | 244.6 | 241.5 | 241.3 | 243.1 | 244.2 | 236.3 |
1Q424 includes the day 1 impacts from the acquisition of Tesco Bank: total Income includes a £556m gain, and credit impairment charges
includes a £209m charge.
Barclays PLC | 23 | |
Quarterly Results by Business |
Barclays UK Corporate Bank | ||||||||||
Q226 | Q126 | Q425 | Q325 | Q225 | Q125 | Q424 | Q324 | |||
Income statement information | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Net interest income | 413 | 394 | 396 | 383 | 359 | 342 | 324 | 309 | ||
Net fee, commission and other income | 145 | 136 | 143 | 139 | 160 | 142 | 134 | 136 | ||
Total income | 558 | 530 | 539 | 522 | 519 | 484 | 458 | 445 | ||
Operating costs | (249) | (239) | (272) | (243) | (240) | (234) | (250) | (229) | ||
UK regulatory levies | — | (15) | (14) | 9 | — | (24) | (14) | 7 | ||
Litigation and conduct | — | — | — | — | (39) | — | (1) | — | ||
Total operating expenses | (249) | (254) | (286) | (234) | (279) | (258) | (265) | (222) | ||
Other net income | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||
Profit before impairment | 309 | 276 | 253 | 288 | 240 | 226 | 193 | 223 | ||
Credit impairment charges | (16) | (3) | (1) | (5) | (12) | (19) | (40) | (13) | ||
Profit before tax | 293 | 273 | 252 | 283 | 228 | 207 | 153 | 210 | ||
Attributable profit | 201 | 187 | 168 | 196 | 142 | 142 | 98 | 144 | ||
Balance sheet information | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | ||
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost | 31.3 | 30.8 | 30.0 | 29.0 | 27.9 | 26.7 | 25.4 | 24.8 | ||
Deposits at amortised cost | 89.1 | 88.0 | 88.7 | 86.7 | 85.3 | 85.3 | 83.1 | 82.3 | ||
Risk weighted assets | 26.6 | 27.3 | 26.5 | 25.2 | 25.3 | 24.2 | 23.9 | 22.1 | ||
Performance measures | ||||||||||
Return on average allocated equity | 21.3% | 19.9% | 19.1% | 22.8% | 16.6% | 17.1% | 12.3% | 18.8% | ||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 21.3% | 19.9% | 19.1% | 22.8% | 16.6% | 17.1% | 12.3% | 18.8% | ||
Average allocated equity (£bn) | 3.8 | 3.8 | 3.5 | 3.4 | 3.4 | 3.3 | 3.2 | 3.1 | ||
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn) | 3.8 | 3.8 | 3.5 | 3.4 | 3.4 | 3.3 | 3.2 | 3.1 | ||
Cost: income ratio | 45% | 48% | 53% | 45% | 54% | 53% | 58% | 50% | ||
Loan loss rate (bps) | 20 | 4 | 1 | 7 | 17 | 28 | 62 | 21 | ||
Analysis of total income | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Corporate lending | 96 | 89 | 97 | 90 | 90 | 80 | 71 | 67 | ||
Transaction banking | 462 | 441 | 442 | 432 | 429 | 404 | 387 | 378 | ||
Total income | 558 | 530 | 539 | 522 | 519 | 484 | 458 | 445 |
Barclays PLC | 24 | |
Quarterly Results by Business |
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management | ||||||||||
Q226 | Q126 | Q425 | Q325 | Q225 | Q125 | Q424 | Q324 | |||
Income statement information | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Net interest income | 216 | 204 | 202 | 190 | 203 | 204 | 216 | 189 | ||
Net fee, commission and other income | 150 | 143 | 146 | 145 | 145 | 145 | 135 | 137 | ||
Total income | 366 | 347 | 348 | 335 | 348 | 349 | 351 | 326 | ||
Operating costs | (267) | (254) | (279) | (243) | (238) | (234) | (255) | (222) | ||
UK regulatory levies | — | (3) | (7) | (1) | — | (2) | (7) | 1 | ||
Litigation and conduct | — | — | (10) | 1 | — | — | (1) | — | ||
Total operating expenses | (267) | (257) | (296) | (243) | (238) | (236) | (263) | (221) | ||
Other net income | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||
Profit before impairment | 99 | 90 | 52 | 92 | 110 | 113 | 88 | 105 | ||
Credit impairment releases/(charges) | (5) | 2 | (2) | (1) | 2 | 9 | (2) | (7) | ||
Profit before tax | 94 | 92 | 50 | 91 | 112 | 122 | 86 | 98 | ||
Attributable profit | 75 | 73 | 35 | 72 | 88 | 96 | 63 | 74 | ||
Balance sheet information | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | ||
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost | 14.8 | 14.7 | 14.7 | 14.9 | 14.5 | 14.5 | 14.5 | 14.0 | ||
Deposits at amortised cost | 72.7 | 73.3 | 72.0 | 70.6 | 66.7 | 73.1 | 69.5 | 64.8 | ||
Risk weighted assets | 8.0 | 8.2 | 8.0 | 7.9 | 7.9 | 8.0 | 7.9 | 7.3 | ||
Client assets and liabilities1 | 230.2 | 223.8 | 227.6 | 221.5 | 213.4 | 212.4 | 208.9 | 201.5 | ||
Performance measures | ||||||||||
Return on average allocated equity | 24.8% | 23.5% | 11.6% | 24.3% | 29.3% | 31.8% | 21.9% | 26.5% | ||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 26.9% | 25.5% | 12.6% | 26.4% | 31.9% | 34.5% | 23.9% | 29.0% | ||
Average allocated equity (£bn) | 1.2 | 1.2 | 1.2 | 1.2 | 1.2 | 1.2 | 1.2 | 1.1 | ||
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn) | 1.1 | 1.1 | 1.1 | 1.1 | 1.1 | 1.1 | 1.1 | 1.0 | ||
Cost: income ratio | 73% | 74% | 85% | 73% | 68% | 68% | 75% | 68% | ||
Loan loss rate (bps) | 13 | (6) | 5 | 3 | (5) | (25) | 5 | 19 |
1Client assets and liabilities refers to deposits, lending and invested assets.
Barclays PLC | 25 | |
Quarterly Results by Business |
Barclays Investment Bank | ||||||||||
Q226 | Q126 | Q425 | Q325 | Q225 | Q125 | Q424 | Q324 | |||
Income statement information | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Net interest income | 411 | 383 | 356 | 347 | 334 | 297 | 284 | 282 | ||
Net trading income | 2,271 | 2,358 | 1,294 | 1,581 | 1,906 | 2,416 | 1,262 | 1,512 | ||
Net fee, commission and other income | 1,276 | 1,287 | 1,142 | 1,155 | 1,067 | 1,160 | 1,061 | 1,057 | ||
Total income | 3,958 | 4,028 | 2,792 | 3,083 | 3,307 | 3,873 | 2,607 | 2,851 | ||
Operating costs | (2,199) | (2,107) | (1,924) | (2,010) | (1,932) | (2,061) | (1,903) | (1,906) | ||
UK regulatory levies | — | (22) | (159) | 5 | — | (27) | (161) | 7 | ||
Litigation and conduct | — | 2 | (8) | (9) | (8) | (3) | (26) | (17) | ||
Total operating expenses | (2,199) | (2,127) | (2,091) | (2,014) | (1,940) | (2,091) | (2,090) | (1,916) | ||
Other net income | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||
Profit before impairment | 1,759 | 1,901 | 701 | 1,069 | 1,367 | 1,782 | 517 | 935 | ||
Credit impairment charges | (44) | (279) | (22) | (144) | (67) | (72) | (46) | (43) | ||
Profit before tax | 1,715 | 1,622 | 679 | 925 | 1,300 | 1,710 | 471 | 892 | ||
Attributable profit | 1,204 | 1,111 | 294 | 723 | 876 | 1,199 | 247 | 652 | ||
Balance sheet information | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | ||
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost | 70.8 | 73.6 | 70.0 | 68.6 | 66.8 | 68.6 | 69.7 | 64.5 | ||
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost | 11.0 | 10.0 | 7.4 | 7.5 | 7.1 | 7.4 | 6.8 | 6.7 | ||
Debt securities at amortised cost | 54.5 | 52.9 | 52.9 | 53.0 | 52.4 | 53.1 | 47.9 | 44.8 | ||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | 136.3 | 136.5 | 130.3 | 129.1 | 126.3 | 129.1 | 124.4 | 116.0 | ||
Trading portfolio assets | 208.2 | 189.3 | 189.5 | 191.3 | 186.1 | 185.5 | 166.1 | 185.8 | ||
Derivative financial instrument assets | 302.6 | 285.4 | 251.5 | 263.8 | 279.0 | 253.6 | 291.6 | 256.7 | ||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | 209.9 | 215.6 | 183.6 | 222.8 | 215.2 | 209.5 | 190.4 | 210.8 | ||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | 182.5 | 189.2 | 121.6 | 152.1 | 145.0 | 148.8 | 111.1 | 134.7 | ||
Deposits at amortised cost | 162.3 | 157.4 | 156.1 | 152.8 | 148.7 | 148.9 | 140.5 | 139.8 | ||
Derivative financial instrument liabilities | 291.6 | 272.6 | 240.6 | 252.0 | 265.1 | 245.1 | 279.0 | 249.4 | ||
Risk weighted assets | 204.1 | 201.7 | 196.7 | 199.1 | 196.4 | 195.9 | 198.8 | 194.2 | ||
Performance measures | ||||||||||
Return on average allocated equity | 16.0% | 15.0% | 4.0% | 10.1% | 12.2% | 16.2% | 3.4% | 8.8% | ||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 16.0% | 15.0% | 4.0% | 10.1% | 12.2% | 16.2% | 3.4% | 8.8% | ||
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn) | 30.0 | 29.7 | 29.6 | 28.6 | 28.7 | 29.6 | 29.3 | 29.5 | ||
Income over average risk weighted assets | 7.7% | 8.0% | 5.5% | 6.3% | 6.7% | 7.7% | 5.2% | 5.7% | ||
Cost: income ratio | 56% | 53% | 75% | 65% | 59% | 54% | 80% | 67% | ||
Loan loss rate (bps) | 13 | 82 | 7 | 44 | 21 | 23 | 15 | 15 | ||
Analysis of total income | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
FICC | 1,471 | 1,716 | 1,024 | 1,256 | 1,450 | 1,699 | 934 | 1,180 | ||
Equities | 1,261 | 1,116 | 703 | 689 | 870 | 963 | 604 | 692 | ||
Global Markets | 2,732 | 2,832 | 1,727 | 1,945 | 2,320 | 2,662 | 1,538 | 1,872 | ||
Advisory | 188 | 255 | 214 | 196 | 123 | 143 | 189 | 186 | ||
Equity capital markets | 157 | 92 | 56 | 71 | 81 | 70 | 98 | 64 | ||
Debt capital markets | 402 | 407 | 336 | 379 | 364 | 431 | 327 | 344 | ||
Banking Fees and Underwriting | 747 | 754 | 606 | 646 | 568 | 644 | 614 | 594 | ||
Corporate lending | 37 | 16 | 27 | 68 | (4) | 156 | 45 | (21) | ||
Transaction banking | 442 | 426 | 432 | 424 | 423 | 411 | 410 | 406 | ||
International Corporate Banking | 479 | 442 | 459 | 492 | 419 | 567 | 455 | 385 | ||
Investment Banking | 1,226 | 1,196 | 1,065 | 1,138 | 987 | 1,211 | 1,069 | 979 | ||
Total income | 3,958 | 4,028 | 2,792 | 3,083 | 3,307 | 3,873 | 2,607 | 2,851 |
Barclays PLC | 26 | |
Quarterly Results by Business |
Barclays US Consumer Bank | ||||||||||
Q226 | Q126 | Q425 | Q325 | Q225 | Q125 | Q424 | Q324 | |||
Income statement information | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Net interest income | 732 | 823 | 776 | 726 | 640 | 678 | 678 | 647 | ||
Net fee, commission, trading and other income | 404 | 160 | 277 | 215 | 183 | 186 | 179 | 144 | ||
Total income | 1,136 | 983 | 1,053 | 941 | 823 | 864 | 857 | 791 | ||
Operating costs | (442) | (380) | (427) | (407) | (396) | (407) | (433) | (384) | ||
UK regulatory levies | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||
Litigation and conduct | (2) | — | (5) | — | — | (3) | — | (9) | ||
Total operating expenses | (444) | (380) | (432) | (407) | (396) | (410) | (433) | (393) | ||
Other net income | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||
Profit before impairment | 692 | 603 | 621 | 534 | 427 | 454 | 424 | 398 | ||
Credit impairment charges | (346) | (367) | (431) | (379) | (312) | (399) | (298) | (276) | ||
Profit before tax | 346 | 236 | 190 | 155 | 115 | 55 | 126 | 122 | ||
Attributable profit | 253 | 176 | 144 | 118 | 87 | 41 | 94 | 89 | ||
Balance sheet information | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | ||
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost | 21.7 | 21.0 | 21.1 | 20.0 | 18.2 | 18.8 | 20.0 | 23.2 | ||
Deposits at amortised cost | 24.7 | 25.0 | 24.2 | 23.7 | 22.5 | 23.8 | 23.3 | 19.4 | ||
Risk weighted assets | 24.3 | 27.6 | 27.4 | 25.8 | 24.7 | 25.6 | 26.8 | 23.2 | ||
Performance measures | ||||||||||
Return on average allocated equity | 24.7% | 16.5% | 13.8% | 11.7% | 8.8% | 3.9% | 9.5% | 9.3% | ||
Return on average allocated tangible equity1 | 30.2% | 18.8% | 15.8% | 13.5% | 10.2% | 4.5% | 11.2% | 10.9% | ||
Average allocated equity (£bn) | 4.1 | 4.3 | 4.2 | 4.0 | 4.0 | 4.2 | 4.0 | 3.8 | ||
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn) | 3.3 | 3.8 | 3.6 | 3.5 | 3.4 | 3.6 | 3.4 | 3.3 | ||
Cost: income ratio | 39% | 39% | 41% | 43% | 48% | 47% | 51% | 50% | ||
Loan loss rate (bps)2 | 555 | 491 | 558 | 505 | 456 | 562 | 395 | 411 | ||
Net interest margin | 13.20% | 12.76% | 11.63% | 11.50% | 10.83% | 10.53% | 10.66% | 10.38% |
1Return on average allocated tangible equity, excluding a c.£225m Q226 gain on sale (recorded in Net fee, commission and other income) from
the AA portfolio exit, was 10.5% for Q226, as a result of an adjusted attributable profit of £87m.
2LLR includes held for sale portfolios to remain consistent with the treatment of impairment in Q424 to Q126.
Barclays PLC | 27 | |
Quarterly Results by Business |
Head Office | ||||||||||
Q226 | Q126 | Q425 | Q325 | Q225 | Q125 | Q424 | Q324 | |||
Income statement information | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Net interest income | 149 | (53) | (11) | 138 | 114 | 174 | 183 | 215 | ||
Net fee, commission and other income | (88) | 70 | 94 | (105) | (43) | (109) | (107) | (27) | ||
Total income | 61 | 17 | 83 | 33 | 71 | 65 | 76 | 188 | ||
Operating costs | (163) | (205) | (203) | (162) | (175) | (207) | (233) | (197) | ||
UK regulatory levies | — | — | (8) | — | — | — | (9) | — | ||
Litigation and conduct | (1) | (107) | (13) | (239) | (2) | (3) | (84) | (7) | ||
Total operating expenses | (164) | (312) | (224) | (401) | (177) | (210) | (326) | (204) | ||
Other net income/(expenses) | 3 | 21 | (25) | 39 | (9) | 18 | — | 21 | ||
(Loss)/profit before impairment | (100) | (274) | (166) | (329) | (115) | (127) | (250) | 5 | ||
Credit impairment releases/(charges) | — | 2 | (5) | (1) | (1) | (4) | (42) | (19) | ||
Loss before tax | (100) | (272) | (171) | (330) | (116) | (131) | (292) | (14) | ||
Attributable loss | (97) | (206) | (152) | (299) | (114) | (124) | (318) | (16) | ||
Balance sheet information | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | ||
Risk weighted assets | 12.7 | 12.3 | 12.3 | 12.7 | 12.6 | 12.7 | 16.2 | 16.1 | ||
Period end allocated tangible equity | 6.5 | 5.4 | 7.5 | 5.8 | 5.9 | 4.7 | 2.4 | 4.9 | ||
Performance measures | ||||||||||
Average allocated equity (£bn) | 9.5 | 10.6 | 10.4 | 10.2 | 9.0 | 7.4 | 6.9 | 7.1 | ||
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn) | 5.6 | 6.8 | 6.7 | 6.6 | 5.5 | 3.8 | 3.4 | 3.5 |
Barclays PLC | 28 | |
Performance Management |
Margins and balances | ||||||
Half year ended 30.06.26 | Half year ended 30.06.25 | |||||
Net interest income | Average customer assets | Net interest margin | Net interest income | Average customer assets | Net interest margin | |
£m | £m | % | £m | £m | % | |
Barclays UK | 3,986 | 217,201 | 3.70 | 3,677 | 208,977 | 3.55 |
Barclays UK Corporate Bank | 807 | 29,070 | 5.60 | 701 | 25,044 | 5.64 |
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management | 420 | 14,979 | 5.65 | 407 | 14,701 | 5.58 |
Barclays US Consumer Bank | 1,555 | 24,203 | 12.96 | 1,318 | 24,897 | 10.68 |
Group excluding IB and Head Office | 6,768 | 285,453 | 4.78 | 6,103 | 273,619 | 4.50 |
Barclays Investment Bank | 794 | 631 | ||||
Head Office | 96 | 288 | ||||
Barclays Group Net interest income | 7,658 | 7,022 | ||||
The Group excluding IB and Head Office net interest margin increased by 28bps from 4.50% in H125 to 4.78% in H126 due
to Group structural hedge income, partner reward updates and changes in portfolio mix in USCB.
Quarterly analysis | |||||
Q226 | Q126 | Q425 | Q325 | Q225 | |
Net interest income | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Barclays UK | 2,000 | 1,986 | 2,015 | 1,961 | 1,855 |
Barclays UK Corporate Bank | 413 | 394 | 396 | 383 | 359 |
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management | 216 | 204 | 202 | 190 | 203 |
Barclays US Consumer Bank | 732 | 823 | 776 | 726 | 640 |
Group excluding IB and Head Office | 3,361 | 3,407 | 3,389 | 3,260 | 3,057 |
Average customer assets | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Barclays UK | 217,778 | 216,623 | 214,770 | 211,384 | 209,649 |
Barclays UK Corporate Bank | 29,603 | 28,536 | 27,841 | 26,645 | 25,478 |
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management | 14,936 | 15,022 | 15,105 | 14,802 | 14,729 |
Barclays US Consumer Bank | 22,247 | 26,163 | 26,470 | 25,037 | 23,713 |
Group excluding IB and Head Office | 284,564 | 286,344 | 284,186 | 277,868 | 273,569 |
Net interest margin | % | % | % | % | % |
Barclays UK | 3.68 | 3.72 | 3.72 | 3.68 | 3.55 |
Barclays UK Corporate Bank | 5.60 | 5.60 | 5.64 | 5.70 | 5.65 |
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management | 5.80 | 5.51 | 5.31 | 5.09 | 5.53 |
Barclays US Consumer Bank | 13.20 | 12.76 | 11.63 | 11.50 | 10.83 |
Group excluding IB and Head Office | 4.74 | 4.83 | 4.73 | 4.65 | 4.48 |
Barclays PLC | 29 | |
Performance Management |
Structural hedge
The Group employs a structural hedge programme designed to stabilise NIM on fixed rate non-maturity balance sheet items
that are behaviourally stable. As interest rates move, such balances would otherwise drive material income volatility where
there is a re-pricing mismatch with floating rate assets.
The structural hedge predominantly covers non-interest-bearing current accounts and the fixed portion of instant access
savings accounts as well as equity, which are invested into either floating rate customer assets or balances at central banks,
creating an exposure to changes in interest rates. The structural hedge is executed primarily via a portfolio of receive-fixed,
pay variable interest rate swaps, with an amortising structure so that a small portion matures and is reinvested each month
at prevailing market rates. The pay-floating leg of the interest rate swaps nets down a proportion of the receive-floating
income from the customer assets, leaving a receive-fixed income stream from the structural hedge.
The purpose of the structural hedge is to smooth the Group NII through time. The floating leg of the swap will re-price
immediately, whereas the fixed rate yield on the portfolio reprices gradually, as a portion of the swap portfolio matures and
the roll is re-invested onto new market rates.
When interest rates are higher than our structural hedge yield, the pay-floating rate will typically be higher than our average
receive-fixed rate. In this scenario, when viewed in isolation, the structural hedge will be a net drag to Group NII. When
floating rates are lower than our structural hedge yield, the hedge in isolation will be a net benefit.
Since the receive-fixed swaps are booked for a specific term, an element of NII is ‘locked in’. The income stabilising feature of
the structural hedge provides greater net interest income certainty through the interest rate cycle.
The structural hedge is one component of a larger portfolio of interest rate risk management activities that includes non-
structural hedging (e.g. pay-fixed and receive-variable flows for asset hedging), and other offsetting flows. The net risk of
these positions is executed externally through interest rate swaps and managed for accounting risk (i.e. income volatility
arising from the accounting mismatch of swaps at fair value through profit and loss and underlying hedged items at
amortised cost) within the cash flow hedging reserve.
Overall the Group has external derivatives designated as cash flow hedges that hedge interest rate risk with a notional of
£121.0bn (December 2025: £114.6bn) which reflects the structural hedge derivatives notional of £239.8bn (December
2025: £236.1bn) netted with non-structural hedging positions of £118.8bn (December 2025: £121.5bn). The majority of
these interest rate swaps are cleared with Central Clearing Counterparties and margined daily with an average structural
hedge duration of c3.5 years.
Gross structural hedge contributions in H126 were £3,456m (H125: £2,778m). Gross structural hedge contributions
primarily represent the absolute interest income earned on the fixed legs of the swaps in the structural hedge as the floating
leg is offset by the base rate funding of the deposits.
Barclays PLC | 30 | |
Risk Management |
Risk management and principal risks
The roles and responsibilities across the Group, including Risk and Compliance, in the management of risk are defined in the
Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF). The purpose of the ERMF is to identify the principal risks of the Group, the
process by which the Group sets its appetite for these risks in its business activities, and the consequent limits which it
places on related risk taking.
The ERMF identifies ten principal risks: climate risk, credit risk, market risk, treasury and capital risk, operational risk, model
risk, compliance risk, financial crime risk, reputation risk and legal risk. Further detail on these principal risks and material
existing and emerging risks and how such risks are managed is available in the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2025, which can
be accessed at home.barclays/annualreport. There have been no significant changes to these principal risks or previously
identified material existing and emerging risks in the period and these risks are expected to be relevant for the remaining six
months of this year.
The following sections give an overview of credit risk, market risk, and treasury and capital risk for the period.
Barclays PLC | 31 | |
Credit Risk |
and loans and advances at amortised cost to customers.
The table below presents a product and geographical breakdown of loans and advances at amortised cost and the impairment
allowance by stage; and includes purchased or originated credit-impaired (POCI) balances. POCI balances represent a fixed pool
of assets purchased at a deep discount to face value reflecting credit losses incurred from the point of origination to date of
acquisition. The table also presents stage allocation of debt securities and off-balance sheet loan commitments and financial
guarantee contracts.
The impairment allowance under IFRS 9 considers both the drawn and the undrawn counterparty exposure. For retail
portfolios, the total impairment allowance is allocated to gross loans and advances to the extent allowance does not exceed the
drawn exposure and any excess is reported on the liabilities side of the balance sheet as a provision. For wholesale portfolios,
impairment allowance on undrawn exposure is reported on the liability side of the balance sheet as a provision. .
Gross exposure | Impairment allowance | ||||||||||
Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 excluding POCI | Stage 3 POCI | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 excluding POCI | Stage 3 POCI | Total | ||
As at 30.06.26 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Retail mortgages | |||||||||||
Retail credit cards | |||||||||||
Retail other | |||||||||||
Corporate loans1 | |||||||||||
Total UK | |||||||||||
Retail mortgages | |||||||||||
Retail credit cards | |||||||||||
Retail other | |||||||||||
Corporate loans | |||||||||||
Total Rest of the World | |||||||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||||||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||||||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost including debt securities | |||||||||||
Off-balance sheet loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts2 | |||||||||||
Total3,4 | |||||||||||
Net exposure | Coverage ratio | ||||||||||
Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 excluding POCI | Stage 3 POCI | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 excluding POCI | Stage 3 POCI | Total | ||
As at 30.06.26 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | % | % | % | % | % | |
Retail mortgages | |||||||||||
Retail credit cards | |||||||||||
Retail other | |||||||||||
Corporate loans1 | |||||||||||
Total UK | |||||||||||
Retail mortgages | |||||||||||
Retail credit cards | |||||||||||
Retail other | |||||||||||
Corporate loans | |||||||||||
Total Rest of the World | |||||||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||||||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||||||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost including debt securities | |||||||||||
Off-balance sheet loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts2 | |||||||||||
Total3,4 | |||||||||||
1Includes Business Banking, which has a gross exposure of £12.4 bn and an impairment allowance of £301 m. This comprises £47 m impairment
allowance on £9.7 bn Stage 1 exposure, £47 m on £2.0 bn Stage 2 exposure and £207 m on £0.7 bn Stage 3 exposure. Excluding this, total
coverage for corporate loans in UK is 1.2 %.
2Excludes loan commitments and financial guarantees of £32.3 bn carried at fair value.
3Excludes other financial assets subject to impairment comprising of cash collateral and settlement balances, reverse repurchase agreements and
other similar secured lending, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and other assets. These have a total gross
exposure of £286.4 bn and an impairment allowance of £151 m. This comprises £17 m impairment allowance on £285.5 bn Stage 1 exposure,
£10 m on £0.8 bn Stage 2 exposure and £124 m on £127 m Stage 3 exposure.
4The annualised loan loss rate is 62 bps after applying the total impairment charges of £1,394 m.
Barclays PLC | 32 | |
Credit Risk |
Gross exposure | Impairment allowance | ||||||||||
Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 excluding POCI | Stage 3 POCI | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 excluding POCI | Stage 3 POCI | Total | ||
As at 31.12.25 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Retail mortgages | |||||||||||
Retail credit cards | |||||||||||
Retail other | |||||||||||
Corporate loans1 | |||||||||||
Total UK | |||||||||||
Retail mortgages | |||||||||||
Retail credit cards | |||||||||||
Retail other | |||||||||||
Corporate loans | |||||||||||
Total Rest of the World | |||||||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||||||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||||||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost including debt securities | |||||||||||
Off-balance sheet loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts2 | |||||||||||
Total3,4 | |||||||||||
Net exposure | Coverage ratio | ||||||||||
Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 excluding POCI | Stage 3 POCI | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 excluding POCI | Stage 3 POCI | Total | ||
As at 31.12.25 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | % | % | % | % | % | |
Retail mortgages | |||||||||||
Retail credit cards | |||||||||||
Retail other | |||||||||||
Corporate loans1 | |||||||||||
Total UK | |||||||||||
Retail mortgages | |||||||||||
Retail credit cards | |||||||||||
Retail other | |||||||||||
Corporate loans | |||||||||||
Total Rest of the World | |||||||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||||||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||||||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost including debt securities | |||||||||||
Off-balance sheet loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts2 | |||||||||||
Total3,4 | |||||||||||
1Includes Business Banking, which has a gross exposure of £12.4 bn and an impairment allowance of £326 m. This comprises £62 m impairment
allowance on £9.3 bn Stage 1 exposure, £50 m on £2.3 bn Stage 2 exposure and £214 m on £0.8 bn Stage 3 exposure. Excluding this, total
coverage for corporate loans in UK is 0.8 %.
2Excludes loan commitments and financial guarantees of £22.2 bn carried at fair value and includes exposure relating to financial assets classified
as assets held for sale.
3Excludes other financial assets subject to impairment comprising of cash collateral and settlement balances, reverse repurchase agreements and
other similar secured lending, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and other assets. These have a total gross
exposure of £224.1 bn and an impairment allowance of £150 m. This comprises £18 m impairment allowance on £222.4 bn Stage 1 exposure,
£8 m on £1.6 bn Stage 2 exposure and £124 m on £127 m Stage 3 exposure.
4The annualised loan loss rate is 52 bps after applying the total impairment charges of £2,279 m.
Barclays PLC | 33 | |
Credit Risk |
The table below presents loans and advances at amortised cost by product and stage, including Stage 2 past due balances.
Stage 2 | ||||||||
As at 30.06.26 | Stage 1 | Not past due | <=30 days past due | >30 days past due | Total | Stage 3 excluding POCI | Stage 3 POCI | Total |
Gross exposure | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Retail mortgages | ||||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||||
Retail other | ||||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||||
Total | ||||||||
Impairment allowance | ||||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||||
Retail other | ||||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||||
Total | ||||||||
Net exposure | ||||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||||
Retail other | ||||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||||
Total | ||||||||
Coverage ratio | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | % |
Retail mortgages | ||||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||||
Retail other | ||||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||||
Total | ||||||||
As at 31.12.25 | ||||||||
Gross exposure | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Retail mortgages | ||||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||||
Retail other | ||||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||||
Total | ||||||||
Impairment allowance | ||||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||||
Retail other | ||||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||||
Total | ||||||||
Net exposure | ||||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||||
Retail other | ||||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||||
Total | ||||||||
Coverage ratio | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | % |
Retail mortgages | ||||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||||
Retail other | ||||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||||
Total |
Barclays PLC | 34 | |
Credit Risk |
financial guarantees
allowance.
Transfers between stages in the tables have been reflected as if they had taken place at the beginning of the period. 'Net
drawdowns, repayments, net re-measurement and movements due to exposure and risk parameter changes' includes
additional drawdowns and partial repayments from existing facilities. Additionally, the tables below do not include other
financial assets subject to impairment such as debt securities at amortised cost, reverse repurchase agreements and other
similar secured lending, cash collateral and settlement balances, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive
income and other assets.
The movements in gross exposures and expected credit losses (ECL) are measured over a six-month period.
Loans and advances at amortised cost
Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 excluding POCI | Stage 3 POCI | Total | ||||||
Gross exposure | ECL | Gross exposure | ECL | Gross exposure | ECL | Gross exposure | ECL | Gross exposure | ECL | |
Retail mortgages | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
As at 01.01.26 | ||||||||||
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 | ( | ( | ||||||||
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 | ( | ( | ||||||||
Transfers to Stage 3 | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
Transfers from Stage 3 | ( | ( | ||||||||
Business activity in the period | ||||||||||
Refinements to models used for calculation | ( | ( | ||||||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||||
Final repayments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Disposals1 | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||
Write-offs | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||||
As at 30.06.26 | ||||||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||||||
As at 01.01.26 | ||||||||||
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 | ( | ( | ||||||||
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 | ( | ( | ||||||||
Transfers to Stage 3 | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||||
Transfers from Stage 3 | ( | ( | ||||||||
Business activity in the period2 | ||||||||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Final repayments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Disposals1 | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||||
Write-offs | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||||
As at 30.06.26 | ||||||||||
1The £957 m of gross disposals reported within Retail mortgages relate to the transfer of facilities to a non-consolidated SPV for the purpose of
securitisation. The £250 m of gross disposals reported within Retail credit cards relate to debt sales undertaken during the period.
2Business activity in the period reported within Retail credit cards includes £101 m related to the acquisition of Best Egg within USCB.
Barclays PLC | 35 | |
Credit Risk |
Loans and advances at amortised cost | ||||||||||
Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 excluding POCI | Stage 3 POCI | Total | ||||||
Gross exposure | ECL | Gross exposure | ECL | Gross exposure | ECL | Gross exposure | ECL | Gross exposure | ECL | |
Retail other | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
As at 01.01.26 | ||||||||||
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 | ( | ( | ||||||||
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 | ( | ( | ||||||||
Transfers to Stage 3 | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||||
Transfers from Stage 3 | ( | ( | ||||||||
Business activity in the period1 | ||||||||||
Refinements to models used for calculation | ( | ( | ||||||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||||
Final repayments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Disposals2 | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||||
Write-offs | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||||
As at 30.06.26 | ||||||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||||||
As at 01.01.26 | ||||||||||
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 | ( | ( | ||||||||
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 | ( | ( | ||||||||
Transfers to Stage 3 | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||||
Transfers from Stage 3 | ( | ( | ||||||||
Business activity in the period | ||||||||||
Refinements to models used for calculation | ( | |||||||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ( | ( | ||||||||
Final repayments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Disposals2 | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||||
Write-offs | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||||
As at 30.06.26 | ||||||||||
1Business activity in the period reported within Retail other includes £122 m related to the acquisition of Best Egg within USCB.
2The £21 m of gross disposals reported within Retail other and £55 m of gross disposals reported within Corporate loans relate to debt sales
undertaken during the period.
Barclays PLC | 36 | |
Credit Risk |
Reconciliation of ECL movement to impairment charges for the period | ||||||||
Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 excluding POCI | Stage 3 POCI | Total | ||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||||
Retail other | ||||||||
Corporate loans | ( | |||||||
ECL movements excluding disposals and write-offs1 | ||||||||
ECL movement on loan commitments and other financial guarantees | ( | |||||||
ECL movement on other financial assets | ( | |||||||
ECL movement on debt securities at amortised cost | ( | ( | ||||||
Recoveries and reimbursements2 | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
ECL charge on assets held for sale3 | ||||||||
Total exchange and other adjustments | ( | |||||||
Total income statement charges for the period | ||||||||
1In H126, gross write-offs amounted to £1,056 m (H125: £747 m) and cash recoveries on previously written off accounts were £66 m (H125:
£43 m). Net write-offs, representing gross write-offs less recoveries, amounted to £990 m (H125: £704 m).
2Recoveries and reimbursements comprised of £66 m (H125: £43 m) of cash recoveries on previously written off accounts and £42 m (H125:
£58 m) of reimbursements expected to be received under financial guarantee contracts with third parties.
3The ECL charges on assets held for sale relates to the AA portfolio within USCB, the sale of which was completed in April 2026.
Barclays PLC | 37 | |
Credit Risk |
Loan commitments and financial guarantees1 | ||||||||||
Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 excluding POCI | Stage 3 POCI | Total | ||||||
Gross exposure | ECL | Gross exposure | ECL | Gross exposure | ECL | Gross exposure | ECL | Gross exposure | ECL | |
Retail mortgages | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
As at 01.01.26 | ||||||||||
Net transfers between stages | ( | |||||||||
Business activity in the period | ||||||||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||||
Limit management and final repayments | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
As at 30.06.26 | ||||||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||||||
As at 01.01.26 | ||||||||||
Net transfers between stages | ( | ( | ||||||||
Business activity in the period | ||||||||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
Limit management and final repayments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||
Disposals2 | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
As at 30.06.26 | ||||||||||
Retail other | ||||||||||
As at 01.01.26 | ||||||||||
Net transfers between stages | ( | |||||||||
Business activity in the period | ||||||||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ( | ( | ||||||||
Limit management and final repayments | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
As at 30.06.26 | ||||||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||||||
As at 01.01.26 | ||||||||||
Net transfers between stages | ( | ( | ||||||||
Business activity in the period | ||||||||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ( | ( | ||||||||
Limit management and final repayments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Disposals2 | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
As at 30.06.26 | ||||||||||
1Loan commitments reported also include exposure relating to financial assets classified as held for sale.
2The gross disposals within Retail credit cards and Corporate loans reflect the sale of the AA portfolio within USCB, which was completed in April
2026.
Barclays PLC | 38 | |
Credit Risk |
Management adjustments to impairment models are applied in order to factor in certain conditions or changes in policy that
are not fully incorporated into the impairment models, or to reflect additional facts and circumstances at the period end.
Management adjustments are reviewed and incorporated into future model development where applicable.
product and geography below:
Management adjustments to models for impairment allowance presented by product and geography
Impairment allowance pre management adjustments1 | Economic uncertainty adjustments | Other adjustments | Management adjustments2 | Total impairment allowance3 | Proportion of Management adjustments to total impairment allowance | |
(a) | (b) | (a+b) | ||||
As at 30.06.26 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | % |
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||
Total UK | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||
Total Rest of the World | ||||||
Total | ||||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | ||||||
Total including debt securities at amortised cost | ||||||
As at 31.12.25 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | % |
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||
Total UK | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||
Total Rest of the World | ||||||
Total | ||||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | ||||||
Total including debt securities at amortised cost |
1Includes £4.3 bn (December 2025: £4.3 bn) of modelled ECL, £0.9 bn (December 2025: £0.7 bn) of individually assessed impairments, £nil
(December 2025: £(0.2 )bn) of ECL from the AA portfolio within USCB, the sale of which was completed in April 2026 and £0.5 bn (December
2025: £0.6 bn) of ECL from benchmarked exposures and debt securities.
2Management adjustments related to other financial assets subject to impairment excluded in the table above include cash collateral and
settlement balances £1 m (December 2025: £1 m) and reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending £1 m (December 2025:
£1 m) within the IB portfolio.
3Total impairment allowance consists of ECL stock on drawn and undrawn exposures.
Barclays PLC | 39 | |
Credit Risk |
Economic uncertainty adjustments presented by stage
Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | |
As at 30.06.26 | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Retail mortgages | ||||
Retail credit cards | ||||
Retail other | ||||
Corporate loans | ||||
Total UK | ||||
Retail mortgages | ||||
Retail credit cards | ||||
Retail other | ||||
Corporate loans | ||||
Total Rest of the World | ||||
Total | ||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | ||||
Total including debt securities at amortised cost |
As at 31.12.25 | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Retail mortgages | ||||
Retail credit cards | ||||
Retail other | ||||
Corporate loans | ||||
Total UK | ||||
Retail mortgages | ||||
Retail credit cards | ||||
Retail other | ||||
Corporate loans | ||||
Total Rest of the World | ||||
Total | ||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | ||||
Total including debt securities at amortised cost |
Economic uncertainty adjustments
Economic uncertainty adjustments result from the identification of customers and clients who may be more vulnerable to
economic instability and are applied at a portfolio level.
Economic uncertainty adjustments have decreased from last year, informed by the retirement of tariff-related adjustments of
£81 m driven by the lack of tariff-driven credit deterioration and losses. However, geopolitical uncertainty persists and is
reflected through an adjustment of £66 m to capture increased downside risk, as any potential impact on corporate earnings
is expected to lag.
Total economic uncertainty adjustments as at 30 June 2026 are £76 m (December 2025: £115 m) and include:
•Retail credit cards (ROW) £nil (December 2025: £31 m): The previously held tariff-related adjustment was retired
following the lack of tariff-driven credit deterioration and losses
•Corporate loans (UK) £17 m (December 2025: £39 m): This adjustment reflects potential cross-default risk on Barclays’
lending in respect of clients who have taken out Bounce Back Loans and an adjustment to capture increased downside
risk, amid ongoing geopolitical uncertainty. The reduction reflects the partial release of the cross-default risk adjustment,
supported by resilient borrower behaviour
•Corporate loans (ROW) £57 m (December 2025: £44 m): The previously held tariff-related adjustment was retired due to
the lack of tariff-driven credit deterioration and losses. However, geopolitical uncertainty persists and is reflected through
an adjustment to capture increased downside risk, as any potential impact on corporate earnings is expected to lag
Barclays PLC | 40 | |
Credit Risk |
Other adjustments
Other adjustments are operational and remain in place until incorporated into the underlying models. These adjustments
result from data limitations and model performance related issues identified through model monitoring and other
established governance processes.
Total other adjustments as at 30 June 2026 are £213 m (December 2025: £254 m) and include:
•Retail mortgages (UK) £4 m (December 2025: £15 m): The movement reflects the retirement of operational adjustments
following updates to the Private Banking impairment models
•Retail credit cards (ROW) £55 m (December 2025: £87 m): This adjustment reflects provisioning for the Best Egg
acquisition during the period and the annual update to the high-risk account management (HRAM) framework within
the USCB portfolio. The previously held adjustment relating to the acquisition of the GM consumer cards portfolio was
retired following model implementation
•Retail other (UK) £97 m (December 2025: £85 m) and Corporate loans (UK) £49 m (December 2025: £53 m): These
include adjustments for the definition of default (DOD) criteria under the Capital Requirements Regulation and model
monitoring outcomes and have remained broadly stable compared to year-end
•Corporate loans (ROW) £6 m (December 2025: £13 m): This adjustment reflects operational adjustments within the GM
business cards portfolio
Barclays PLC | 41 | |
Credit Risk |
Scenarios used to calculate the Group’s modelled ECL charge were refreshed in Q226, with the Baseline scenario reflecting
the latest consensus macroeconomic forecasts available at the time of the scenario refresh. The Baseline scenario continues
to reflect the volatile trade policies of the US administration and ongoing geopolitical uncertainty but with a more
pronounced inflationary backdrop. Global growth slows modestly as higher US tariffs, retaliatory measures and persistent
uncertainty disrupt trade flows, dampen business confidence, and weigh on investment, though domestic demand in
advanced economies remains relatively resilient. UK and US GDP growth in 2026 is expected to be 0.4% and 1.7%,
respectively. Headline inflation remains elevated and sticky, particularly through imported goods and energy-related
components. The softening in labour markets is gradual and insufficient to quickly alleviate underlying price pressures. UK
and US quarterly unemployment rates peak at 5.4% and 4.5%, respectively.
The Downside scenarios have been calibrated to capture a severe escalation in geopolitical tensions, centred on a prolonged
Middle East conflict, alongside intensifying global trade frictions. Early in the scenario, conflict escalates sharply with
disruptions at critical maritime chokepoints, triggering severe shipping disruptions, surging insurance costs and sharp
increases in oil and gas prices amid infrastructure damage. As the shock becomes protracted, firms delay investment,
reassess supply chains and hoard inputs, while business and consumer confidence fall sharply. The deterioration in demand
and investment drives a sharp increase in unemployment, initially concentrated in trade and energy exposed sectors but
increasingly spilling over into services. Inflation dynamics diverge sharply from Baseline, generating a stagflationary impulse.
Energy prices rise sharply and remain structurally elevated, with persistent volatility and recurring supply disruptions.
Monetary policy faces a difficult trade-off between persistent inflation and weakening growth. Central banks initially hike to
ensure inflation expectations remain well anchored, but as the downturn deepens and demand forces weaken price
pressures, they shift towards easing. The scenarios also incorporate climate-related risks through both physical and
transition channels, including more frequent severe weather disruptions and a shift in sentiment around energy security.
These effects amplify volatility, increase costs and further weigh on growth over the medium term.
In the Upside scenarios, a rise in labour force participation and higher productivity contribute to accelerated economic
growth, without creating new inflationary pressures. Central banks lower interest rates stimulating private consumption and
investment growth. Demand for labour increases and unemployment decreases. As geopolitical tensions ease, low inflation
supports consumer purchasing power and contributes further to healthy GDP growth.
The methodology for estimating scenario weights involves simulating a range of future paths for UK and US GDP using
historical data with the five scenarios mapped against the distribution of these future paths. The decrease in Upside weights
is driven by deterioration in UK GDP outlook in the Baseline scenario, moving the Baseline scenario further from the Upside
scenarios. For further details see page 43.
Management adjustments recognised in Q126 in Barclays UK (£10 m) and US Consumer Bank (£25 m1) to reflect near-term
impacts of the most recent geopolitical escalation, were consumed, as the impacts are now captured through the Q226
scenario refresh. However, the Group has retained the £66 m2 management adjustment introduced in Q126 within the
Investment Bank, reflecting increased downside risk amid persistent geopolitical uncertainty, as any potential impact on
corporate earnings is expected to lag. For further details see page 39.
The following tables show the key macroeconomic variables used in the five scenarios (5-year annual paths) and the
weights applied to each scenario.
1Excludes management adjustment of £4 m for held for sale portfolio.
2Excludes management adjustment of £2 m related to other financial assets subject to impairment.
Barclays PLC | 42 | |
Credit Risk |
Macroeconomic variables used in the calculation of ECL | |||||
As at 30.06.26 | 2026 | 2027 | 2028 | 2029 | 2030 |
Baseline | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDP1 | |||||
UK unemployment2 | |||||
UK HPI3 | |||||
UK bank rate6 | |||||
US GDP1 | |||||
US unemployment4 | |||||
US HPI5 | |||||
US federal funds rate6 | |||||
Downside 2 | |||||
UK GDP1 | ( | ( | |||
UK unemployment2 | |||||
UK HPI3 | ( | ( | |||
UK bank rate6 | |||||
US GDP1 | ( | ||||
US unemployment4 | |||||
US HPI5 | ( | ( | |||
US federal funds rate6 | |||||
Downside 1 | |||||
UK GDP1 | ( | ( | |||
UK unemployment2 | |||||
UK HPI3 | ( | ( | |||
UK bank rate6 | |||||
US GDP1 | ( | ||||
US unemployment4 | |||||
US HPI5 | ( | ( | |||
US federal funds rate6 | |||||
Upside 2 | |||||
UK GDP1 | |||||
UK unemployment2 | |||||
UK HPI3 | |||||
UK bank rate6 | |||||
US GDP1 | |||||
US unemployment4 | |||||
US HPI5 | |||||
US federal funds rate6 | |||||
Upside 1 | |||||
UK GDP1 | |||||
UK unemployment2 | |||||
UK HPI3 | |||||
UK bank rate6 | |||||
US GDP1 | |||||
US unemployment4 | |||||
US HPI5 | |||||
US federal funds rate6 | |||||
1Average Real GDP seasonally adjusted change in year.
2Average UK unemployment rate 16-year+.
3Change in year-end UK HPI = Halifax HPI Meth2 All Houses, All Buyers index, relative to prior year-end.
4Average US civilian unemployment rate 16-year+.
5Change in year-end US HPI = FHFA House Price Index, relative to prior year-end.
6Average rate.
Barclays PLC | 43 | |
Credit Risk |
As at 31.12.25 | 2025 | 2026 | 2027 | 2028 | 2029 |
Baseline | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDP1 | |||||
UK unemployment2 | |||||
UK HPI3 | |||||
UK bank rate6 | |||||
US GDP1 | |||||
US unemployment4 | |||||
US HPI5 | |||||
US federal funds rate6 | |||||
Downside 2 | |||||
UK GDP1 | ( | ( | |||
UK unemployment2 | |||||
UK HPI3 | ( | ( | |||
UK bank rate6 | |||||
US GDP1 | ( | ( | |||
US unemployment4 | |||||
US HPI5 | ( | ( | |||
US federal funds rate6 | |||||
Downside 1 | |||||
UK GDP1 | ( | ||||
UK unemployment2 | |||||
UK HPI3 | ( | ( | |||
UK bank rate6 | |||||
US GDP1 | ( | ( | |||
US unemployment4 | |||||
US HPI5 | ( | ||||
US federal funds rate6 | |||||
Upside 2 | |||||
UK GDP1 | |||||
UK unemployment2 | |||||
UK HPI3 | |||||
UK bank rate6 | |||||
US GDP1 | |||||
US unemployment4 | |||||
US HPI5 | |||||
US federal funds rate6 | |||||
Upside 1 | |||||
UK GDP1 | |||||
UK unemployment2 | |||||
UK HPI3 | |||||
UK bank rate6 | |||||
US GDP1 | |||||
US unemployment4 | |||||
US HPI5 | |||||
US federal funds rate6 |
1Average Real GDP seasonally adjusted change in year.
2Average UK unemployment rate 16-year+.
3Change in year-end UK HPI = Halifax HPI Meth2 All Houses, All Buyers index, relative to prior year-end.
4Average US civilian unemployment rate 16-year+.
5Change in year-end US HPI = FHFA House Price Index, relative to prior year-end.
6Average rate.
Scenario weighting | Upside 2 | Upside 1 | Baseline | Downside 1 | Downside 2 |
% | % | % | % | % | |
As at 30.06.26 | |||||
Scenario weighting | |||||
As at 31.12.25 | |||||
Scenario weighting |
Barclays PLC | 44 | |
Credit Risk |
example, the highest unemployment for downside scenarios, average unemployment for baseline scenarios and lowest
unemployment for upside scenarios. GDP and HPI downside and upside scenario data represent the lowest and highest
cumulative positions relative to the start point in the 20 quarter period.
Macroeconomic variables (specific bases)1 | |||||
Upside 2 | Upside 1 | Baseline | Downside 1 | Downside 2 | |
As at 30.06.26 | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDP2 | ( | ( | |||
UK unemployment3 | |||||
UK HPI4 | ( | ( | |||
UK bank rate3 | |||||
US GDP2 | ( | ( | |||
US unemployment3 | |||||
US HPI4 | ( | ( | |||
US federal funds rate3 | |||||
As at 31.12.25 | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDP2 | ( | ( | |||
UK unemployment3 | |||||
UK HPI4 | ( | ( | |||
UK bank rate3 | |||||
US GDP2 | ( | ( | |||
US unemployment3 | |||||
US HPI4 | ( | ( | |||
US federal funds rate3 | |||||
1UK GDP = Real GDP growth seasonally adjusted; UK unemployment = UK unemployment rate 16-year+; UK HPI = Halifax HPI Meth2 All Houses,
All Buyers index; US GDP = Real GDP growth seasonally adjusted; US unemployment = US civilian unemployment rate 16-year+; US HPI = FHFA
House Price Index. 20 quarter period starts from Q126 (2025: Q125).
2Maximum growth relative to Q425 (2025: Q424), based on 20 quarter period in Upside scenarios; 5-year yearly average CAGR in Baseline;
minimum growth relative to Q425 (2025: Q424), based on 20 quarter period in Downside scenarios.
3Lowest quarter in 20 quarter period in Upside scenarios; 5-year average in Baseline; highest quarter 20 quarter period in Downside scenarios.
4Maximum growth relative to Q425 (2025: Q424), based on 20 quarter period in Upside scenarios; 5-year quarter end CAGR in Baseline;
minimum growth relative to Q425 (2025: Q424), based on 20 quarter period in Downside scenarios.
Average basis represents the average quarterly value of variables in the 20 quarter period with GDP and HPI based on yearly
average and quarterly CAGRs respectively.
Macroeconomic variables (5-year averages)1 | |||||
Upside 2 | Upside 1 | Baseline | Downside 1 | Downside 2 | |
As at 30.06.26 | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDP2 | |||||
UK unemployment3 | |||||
UK HPI4 | ( | ||||
UK bank rate3 | |||||
US GDP2 | |||||
US unemployment3 | |||||
US HPI4 | |||||
US federal funds rate3 | |||||
As at 31.12.25 | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDP2 | |||||
UK unemployment3 | |||||
UK HPI4 | ( | ||||
UK bank rate3 | |||||
US GDP2 | |||||
US unemployment3 | |||||
US HPI4 | |||||
US federal funds rate3 | |||||
1UK GDP = Real GDP growth seasonally adjusted; UK unemployment = UK unemployment rate 16-year+; UK HPI = Halifax HPI Meth2 All Houses,
All Buyers index; US GDP = Real GDP growth seasonally adjusted; US unemployment = US civilian unemployment rate 16-year+; US HPI = FHFA
House Price Index. 20 quarter period starts from Q126 (2025: Q125).
25-year yearly average CAGR, starting 2025 (2025: 2024).
35-year average. Period based on 20 quarters from Q126 (2025: Q125).
45-year quarter end CAGR, starting Q425 (2025: Q424).
Barclays PLC | 45 | |
Credit Risk |
dispersion of results around the Baseline, highlighting the impact on exposure and ECL across the scenarios.
Model exposure uses exposure at default (EAD) values and is not directly comparable to gross exposure used in other
disclosures.
Scenarios | ||||||
As at 30.06.26 | Weighted1 | Upside 2 | Upside 1 | Baseline | Downside 1 | Downside 2 |
Stage 1 Model Exposure (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards2 | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans2 | ||||||
Stage 1 Model ECL (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards2 | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans2 | ||||||
Stage 1 Coverage (%) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||
Stage 2 Model Exposure (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards2 | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans2 | ||||||
Stage 2 Model ECL (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards2 | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans2 | ||||||
Stage 2 Coverage (%) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||
Stage 3 Model Exposure (£m)3 | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards2 | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans2 | ||||||
Stage 3 Model ECL (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards2 | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans2,4 | ||||||
Stage 3 Coverage (%) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans4 | ||||||
Total Model ECL (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards2 | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans2,4 | ||||||
Total Model ECL | ||||||
Barclays PLC | 46 | |
Credit Risk |
Reconciliation to total ECL | £m |
Total weighted model ECL | |
ECL from individually assessed exposures4 | |
ECL from benchmarked exposures and others5 | |
ECL from debt securities at amortised cost | |
ECL from post model management adjustments | |
Of which: ECL from economic uncertainty adjustments | |
Total ECL |
1Model exposures are allocated to a stage based on an individual scenario rather than a probability-weighted approach as required for Barclays
reported impairment allowances. As a result, it is not possible to back solve the final reported weighted ECL from individual scenarios given
balances may be assigned to a different stage dependent on the scenario.
2Model exposures and ECL reported within Retail credit cards and Corporate loans exclude the AA portfolio within USCB, the sale of which was
completed in April 2026.
3Model exposures allocated to Stage 3 do not change in any of the scenarios as the transition criteria relies only on observable evidence of default
as at 30 June 2026 and not on the macroeconomic scenario.
4Material corporate loan defaults are individually assessed across different recovery strategies. As a result, ECL of £882 m is reported as an
individually assessed impairment in the reconciliation table.
5ECL from benchmarked exposures and others includes ECL on Tesco Bank of £430 m calculated using a benchmarked approach based on UK
cards and UK retail loans. The sensitivity of these exposures would materially reflect the sensitivity of the benchmarked model.
The use of five scenarios with associated weightings results in a total weighted ECL uplift from the Baseline ECL of 2.1 %.
Retail mortgages: Total weighted ECL of £81 m represents a 28.6 % increase over the Baseline ECL (£63 m). Total ECL
increases to £294 m under the Downside 2 scenario, driven by a fall in UK HPI.
Retail credit cards: Total weighted ECL of £3,290 m represents a 0.9 % increase over the Baseline ECL (£3,261 m). Total ECL
increases to £3,821 m under the Downside 2 scenario, driven by an increase in UK and US unemployment rate.
Retail other: Total weighted ECL of £189 m represents a 0.5 % increase over the Baseline ECL (£188 m). Total ECL increases to
£225 m under the Downside 2 scenario, largely driven by an increase in UK unemployment rate.
Corporate loans: Total weighted ECL of £768 m represents a 5.5 % increase over the Baseline ECL (£728 m). Total ECL
increases to £1,326 m under the Downside 2 scenario, driven by a decrease in UK and US GDP.
Barclays PLC | 47 | |
Credit Risk |
Scenarios | ||||||
As at 31.12.25 | Weighted1 | Upside 2 | Upside 1 | Baseline | Downside 1 | Downside 2 |
Stage 1 Model Exposure (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards2 | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans2 | ||||||
Stage 1 Model ECL (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards2 | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans2 | ||||||
Stage 1 Coverage (%) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||
Stage 2 Model Exposure (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards2 | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans2 | ||||||
Stage 2 Model ECL (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards2 | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans2 | ||||||
Stage 2 Coverage (%) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||
Stage 3 Model Exposure (£m)3 | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards2 | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans2 | ||||||
Stage 3 Model ECL (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards2 | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans2,4 | ||||||
Stage 3 Coverage (%) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans4 | ||||||
Total Model ECL (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans2,4 | ||||||
Total Model ECL | ||||||
Barclays PLC | 48 | |
Credit Risk |
Reconciliation to total ECL | £m |
Total weighted model ECL | |
ECL from individually assessed exposures4 | |
ECL from benchmarked exposures and others5 | |
ECL from debt securities at amortised cost | |
ECL from held for sale assets (AA portfolio) | ( |
ECL from post model management adjustments | |
Of which: ECL from economic uncertainty adjustments | |
Total ECL |
1Model exposures are allocated to a stage based on an individual scenario rather than a probability-weighted approach as required for Barclays
reported impairment allowances. As a result, it is not possible to back solve the final reported weighted ECL from individual scenarios given
balances may be assigned to a different stage dependent on the scenario.
2Model exposure and ECL reported within Retail credit cards and Corporate loans continue to include the AA portfolio within USCB, classified as
assets held for sale.
3Model exposures allocated to Stage 3 do not change in any of the scenarios as the transition criteria relies only on observable evidence of default
as at 31 December 2025 and not on the macroeconomic scenario.
4Material corporate loan defaults are individually assessed across different recovery strategies. As a result, ECL of £672 m is reported as an
individually assessed impairment in the reconciliation table.
5ECL from benchmarked exposures and others includes ECL on Tesco Bank of £400 m calculated using a benchmarked approach based on UK
cards and UK retail loans. The sensitivity of these exposures would materially reflect the sensitivity of the benchmarked model.
Barclays PLC | 49 | |
Credit Risk |
Analysis of specific portfolios and asset types
Secured home loans
The UK home loan portfolio primarily comprises first lien mortgages and accounts for 97% (December 2025: 97%) of the
Group’s total home loans balance.
Barclays UK | ||
Home loans principal portfolios | As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.12.25 |
Gross loans and advances (£m) | 176,772 | 172,415 |
>90 day arrears rate, excluding recovery book (%) | 0.1 | 0.1 |
Annualised gross charge-off rates - 180 days past due (%) | 0.5 | 0.5 |
Recovery book proportion of outstanding balances (%) | 0.5 | 0.6 |
Recovery book impairment coverage ratio (%)1 | 4.3 | 4.3 |
Average marked to market LTV | ||
Balance weighted % | 56.5 | 55.2 |
Valuation weighted % | 42.7 | 41.5 |
New lending | Half year ended 30.06.26 | Half year ended 30.06.25 |
New home loan bookings (£m) | 17,654 | 15,448 |
New home loan proportion > 90% LTV (%) | 4.4 | 1.6 |
Average LTV on new home loans: balance weighted (%) | 70.2 | 69.5 |
Average LTV on new home loans: valuation weighted (%) | 62.2 | 60.7 |
1Recovery Book Impairment Coverage Ratio for 31.12.25 excludes Kensington Mortgages Company.
Home loans principal portfolios – distribution of balances by LTV1
Distribution of balances | Distribution of impairment allowance | Coverage ratio | ||||||||||
Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | |
Barclays UK | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | % |
As at 30.06.26 | ||||||||||||
<=75% | 71.0 | 6.7 | 0.9 | 78.6 | 4.7 | 15.4 | 43.7 | 63.8 | — | 0.1 | 2.5 | — |
>75% and <=90% | 18.1 | 1.1 | 0.1 | 19.3 | 6.2 | 7.9 | 9.8 | 23.9 | — | 0.4 | 6.5 | 0.1 |
>90% and <=100% | 2.0 | 0.1 | — | 2.1 | 1.5 | 0.7 | 6.0 | 8.2 | — | 0.7 | 21.0 | 0.2 |
>100% | — | — | — | — | — | 0.1 | 4.0 | 4.1 | 0.1 | 2.7 | 37.3 | 8.0 |
As at 31.12.25 | ||||||||||||
<=75% | 73.4 | 6.9 | 0.9 | 81.2 | 3.3 | 14.1 | 49.9 | 67.3 | — | 0.1 | 2.5 | — |
>75% and <=90% | 16.0 | 1.0 | 0.1 | 17.1 | 4.3 | 6.3 | 11.7 | 22.3 | — | 0.3 | 7.3 | 0.1 |
>90% and <=100% | 1.7 | — | — | 1.7 | 0.8 | 0.5 | 5.4 | 6.7 | — | 0.7 | 22.7 | 0.2 |
>100% | — | — | — | — | — | 0.1 | 3.6 | 3.7 | — | 2.9 | 31.3 | 5.9 |
1Portfolio marked to market based on the most updated valuation including recovery book balances. Updated valuations reflect the application of
the latest HPI available as at 30 June 2026.
New home loan bookings increased 14.3% to £17.7bn (H125: £15.4bn), reflecting a larger share of a larger mortgage
market. Demand for >90% LTV lending increased within the Group’s established risk appetite.
Barclays PLC | 50 | |
Credit Risk |
Retail credit cards and Retail other
The principal portfolios listed below accounted for 91% (December 2025: 91%) of the Group’s total retail credit cards and
retail other.
Principal portfolios | Gross exposure | 30 day arrears rate, excluding recovery book | 90 day arrears rate, excluding recovery book | Annualised gross write- off rate | Annualised net write-off rate |
As at 30.06.26 | £m | % | % | % | % |
Barclays UK | |||||
UK cards1 | 17,468 | 0.9 | 0.3 | 1.6 | 1.4 |
UK personal loans1 | 8,860 | 1.2 | 0.5 | 1.7 | 1.6 |
Barclays Partner Finance | 814 | 1.0 | 0.6 | 1.5 | 1.5 |
Barclays US Consumer Bank | |||||
US cards | 23,634 | 2.9 | 1.6 | 4.0 | 3.8 |
As at 31.12.25 | |||||
Barclays UK | |||||
UK cards1 | 17,169 | 0.8 | 0.2 | 1.0 | 0.8 |
UK personal loans1 | 8,515 | 1.1 | 0.5 | 0.7 | 0.6 |
Barclays Partner Finance | 1,210 | 0.7 | 0.3 | 1.2 | 1.2 |
Barclays US Consumer Bank | |||||
US cards2 | 29,100 | 3.0 | 1.6 | 3.4 | 3.2 |
1Includes Tesco Bank. Tesco Bank arrears rates are calculated using POCI balances adjusted to fair value.
2Includes AA portfolio in USCB, classified as held for sale (see table below).
UK cards: Gross exposure increased from £17.2bn to £17.5bn following a growth in spend and new promotional balance
lending. 30 and 90 day arrears rates remained broadly stable at 0.9% (2025: 0.8%) and 0.3% (2025: 0.2%) respectively.
Gross and net write-off rates increased to 1.6% (2025: 1.0%) and 1.4% (2025: 0.8%) respectively, reflecting sufficient
maturing of the Tesco default book, post-acquisition, for accounts to qualify for write-off.
UK personal loans: Gross exposure increased from £8.5bn to £8.9bn due to growth in new lending. 30 and 90 day arrears
rates remained stable at 1.2% (2025: 1.1%) and 0.5% (2025: 0.5%) respectively. Gross and net write off rates increased to
1.7% (2025: 0.7%) and 1.6% (2025: 0.6%) respectively, reflecting sufficient maturing of the Tesco default book, post-
acquisition, for accounts to qualify for write-off.
Barclays Partner Finance: 30 and 90 day arrears rates increased to 1.0% (2025: 0.7%) and 0.6% (2025: 0.3%) respectively
as total exposure reduced to £0.8bn (2025: £1.2bn) due to a strategic decision to reduce the number of active partner
businesses. Both annualised gross and net write off rates increased to 1.5% (2025: 1.2%) following the reduction in gross
exposure.
US cards: 30 day arrears rates decreased slightly to 2.9% (2025: 3.0%) following the expected impact of seasonality. Gross
and net write off rates increased to 4.0% (2025: 3.4%) and 3.8% (2025: 3.2%) respectively reflecting the impact of the exit
of the AA portfolio in the period.
Retail Credit Cards and Retail Other held for sale | Gross exposure | 30 day arrears rate, excluding recovery book | 90 day arrears rate, excluding recovery book | Annualised gross write- off rate | Annualised net write-off rate |
As at 31.12.25 | £m | % | % | % | % |
Barclays US Consumer Bank | 5,988 | 1.8 | 0.9 | 2.1 | 1.9 |
Barclays PLC | 51 | |
Credit Risk |
Assets held for sale
The prior period presents gross loans and advances and the related impairment allowance for the AA portfolio in USCB
classified as assets held for sale in the condensed consolidated balance sheet. The sale of this portfolio was completed on 24
April 2026.
Loans and advances by product | |||||||||||||||
Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | ||||||||||||
Gross | ECL | Coverage | Gross | ECL | Coverage | Gross | ECL | Coverage | Gross | ECL | Coverage | ||||
As at 31.12.25 | £m | £m | % | £m | £m | % | £m | £m | % | £m | £m | % | |||
Retail credit cards - US | 5,468 | 65 | 1.2 | 466 | 124 | 26.6 | 54 | 44 | 81.5 | 5,988 | 233 | 3.9 | |||
Corporate loans - US | 43 | 1 | 2.3 | 6 | 2 | 33.3 | — | — | — | 49 | 3 | 6.1 | |||
Total Rest of the World | 5,511 | 66 | 1.2 | 472 | 126 | 26.7 | 54 | 44 | 81.5 | 6,037 | 236 | 3.9 | |||
Management adjustments to models for impairment allowance presented by product | ||||||
Impairment allowance pre management adjustments | Economic uncertainty adjustments1 | Other adjustments | Management adjustments | Total impairment allowance | Proportion of Management adjustments to total impairment allowance | |
As at 31.12.25 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | % |
Retail credit cards - US | 232 | 5 | — | 5 | 237 | 2.1 |
Corporate loans - US | 3 | — | — | — | 3 | — |
Total Rest of the World | 235 | 5 | — | 5 | 240 | 2.1 |
1Reflects a Stage 2 adjustment for elevated US macroeconomic uncertainty; with impacts yet to materialise in consumer behaviour.
Barclays PLC | 52 | |
Market Risk |
Analysis of management value at risk (VaR)
The table below shows the total management VaR on a diversified basis by risk factor. Total management VaR
includes all trading positions in the Group and it is calculated with a one-day holding period. VaR limits are applied to
total management VaR and by risk factor. Additionally, the market risk management function applies VaR sub-limits to
material businesses and trading desks.
Half year ended 30.06.26 | Half year ended 31.12.25 | Half year ended 30.06.25 | |||||||||
Average | High | Low | Average | High | Low | Average | High | Low | |||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||
Credit risk | |||||||||||
Interest rate risk | |||||||||||
Equity risk | |||||||||||
Basis risk | |||||||||||
Spread risk | |||||||||||
Foreign exchange risk | |||||||||||
Commodity risk | |||||||||||
Inflation risk | |||||||||||
Diversification effect1 | ( | n/a | n/a | ( | n/a | n/a | ( | n/a | n/a | ||
Total management VaR | |||||||||||
1Diversification effects recognise that forecast losses from different assets or businesses are unlikely to occur concurrently, hence the
expected aggregate loss is lower than the sum of the expected losses from each area. Historical correlations between losses are taken into
account in making these assessments. The high and low VaR figures reported for each category did not necessarily occur on the same day
as the high and low total management VaR. Consequently, a diversification effect balance for the high and low VaR figures would not be
meaningful and is therefore omitted from the above table.
Average Management VaR remained relatively stable at £20 m (H225: £18 m) driven by a small increase in credit risk,
partially offset by a slight decrease in interest rate risk.
Barclays PLC | 53 | |
Treasury and Capital Risk |
The Group has established a comprehensive set of policies, standards and controls for managing its liquidity risk; together
these set out the requirements for Barclays’ liquidity risk framework. The liquidity risk framework meets the PRA standards
and enables Barclays to maintain liquidity resources that are sufficient in amount and quality, and a funding profile that is
appropriate to meet the Group’s Liquidity Risk Appetite. The liquidity risk framework is delivered via a combination of policy
formation, review and challenge, governance, analysis, stress testing, limit setting and monitoring.
Liquidity risk stress testing
The Internal Liquidity Stress Tests (ILST) measure the potential contractual and contingent stress outflows under a range of
scenarios, which are then used to determine the size of the liquidity pool that is immediately available to meet anticipated
outflows if a stress occurs. The short-term scenarios include a 30 day Barclays-specific stress event, a 90 day market-wide
stress event and a 30 day combined scenario consisting of both a Barclays specific and market-wide stress event. The Group
also runs a liquidity stress test which measures the anticipated outflows over a 12 month market-wide scenario.
The LCR requirement takes into account the relative stability of different sources of funding and potential incremental
funding requirements in a stress. The LCR is designed to promote short-term resilience of a bank’s liquidity risk profile by
holding sufficient high quality liquid assets to survive an acute stress scenario lasting for 30 days.
Barclays implemented a new methodology for calculating net stress outflows related to secured financing transactions in
the LCR. This change materialised from June 2025, with the Group headline ratio contracting over time from previously
elevated levels whilst remaining broadly within ranges reported over recent years. The revised methodology models a more
asymmetric unwind of client activity, resulting in a higher net outflow calculation. Barclays has always maintained, and
intends to continue to maintain, a significant liquidity buffer which allows for this impact to be readily absorbed within the
Group surplus.
As at 30 June 2026 the average LCR was 157.7% (December 2025: 170.0%). The Group held eligible liquid assets in excess
of 100% of net stress outflows as measured according to both its internal ILST and external regulatory requirements.
Liquidity coverage ratio1 | As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.12.25 |
£bn | £bn | |
LCR Eligible High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) | 321.2 | 321.4 |
Net stress outflows | (204.0) | (190.2) |
Surplus | 117.2 | 131.2 |
Liquidity coverage ratio | 157.7% | 170.0% |
1Represents the average of the last 12 spot month end ratios. In June 2025, Barclays implemented a new methodology for calculating net stress
outflows related to secured financing transactions in the liquidity coverage ratio.
Net Stable Funding Ratio
The external NSFR metric requires banks to maintain a stable funding profile taking into account both on and certain off-
balance sheet exposures over a medium to long term period. The ratio is defined as the Available Stable Funding (capital and
certain liabilities which are treated as stable sources of funding) relative to the Required Stable Funding (a measure of assets
on the balance sheet and certain off-balance sheet exposures which may require longer term funding). The NSFR (average
of last four quarter ends) as at 30 June 2026 was 135.8%, which was a surplus above the regulatory requirement of
£171.7bn.
Net Stable Funding Ratio2 | As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.12.25 |
£bn | £bn | |
Total Available Stable Funding | 650.9 | 639.4 |
Total Required Stable Funding | 479.2 | 473.1 |
Surplus | 171.7 | 166.3 |
Net Stable Funding Ratio | 135.8% | 135.2% |
2Represents average of the last four spot quarter end ratios.
As part of the liquidity risk appetite, Barclays establishes minimum LCR, NSFR and internal liquidity stress test limits. Risks to
market funding conditions, the Group’s liquidity position and funding profile are assessed continuously, and actions are
taken to manage the size of the liquidity pool and the funding profile as appropriate.
Barclays PLC | 54 | |
Treasury and Capital Risk |
Composition of the Group liquidity pool | ||||||||
LCR eligible1 High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) | Liquidity pool | |||||||
Cash | Level 1 | Level 2A | Level 2B | Total | 2026 | 2025 | ||
£bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | ||
Cash and deposits with central banks2 | 237 | — | — | — | 237 | 255 | 237 | |
Government bonds3 | ||||||||
AAA to AA- | — | 56 | 2 | — | 58 | 54 | 62 | |
A+ to A- | — | 14 | — | — | 14 | 14 | 14 | |
BBB+ to BBB- | — | — | — | — | — | — | 2 | |
Total government bonds | — | 70 | 2 | — | 72 | 68 | 78 | |
Other | ||||||||
Government Guaranteed Issuers, PSEs and GSEs | — | 4 | — | — | 4 | 8 | 7 | |
International Organisations and MDBs | — | 8 | — | — | 8 | 7 | 7 | |
Covered bonds | — | 5 | 4 | — | 9 | 8 | 8 | |
Other | — | — | — | 4 | 4 | 1 | 1 | |
Total other | — | 17 | 4 | 4 | 25 | 24 | 23 | |
Total as at 30 June 2026 | 237 | 87 | 6 | 4 | 334 | 347 | ||
Total as at 31 December 2025 | 219 | 85 | 11 | 5 | 320 | 338 | ||
1The LCR eligible HQLA is adjusted under the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (CRR) Part of the PRA Rulebook for operational restrictions upon
consolidation, such as trapped liquidity within Barclays subsidiaries. It also reflects differences in eligibility of assets between the LCR and
Barclays’ Liquidity Pool.
2Includes cash held at central banks and surplus cash at central banks related to payment schemes. Over 99.7% (December 2025: over 99.5%)
was placed with the Bank of England, US Federal Reserve, European Central Bank, Bank of Japan and Swiss National Bank.
3Of which over 85% (December 2025: over 85%) comprised UK, US, French, German, Japanese, Swiss and Dutch securities.
The Group liquidity pool was £346.7bn as at June 2026, an increase of £8.9bn versus December 2025 (December 2025:
£337.8bn).
In H1 2026, the month-end liquidity pool ranged from £321bn to £347bn (2025: £326bn to £352bn), and the month-end
average balance was £332bn (2025: £337bn). The liquidity pool is held unencumbered and represents readily accessible
funds to meet potential cash outflows during stress periods.
As at 30 June 2026, 70% (December 2025: 68%) of the liquidity pool was located in Barclays Bank PLC, 15% (December
2025: 17%) in Barclays Bank UK PLC and 8% (December 2025: 9%) in Barclays Bank Ireland PLC. The residual portion of the
liquidity pool is held outside of these entities, predominantly in US subsidiaries, to meet entity-specific stress outflows and
local regulatory requirements. To the extent the use of this residual portion of the liquidity pool is restricted due to local
regulatory requirements, it is assumed to be unavailable to the rest of the Group in calculating the LCR.
The composition of the pool is subject to limits set by the Board and the second-line liquidity, credit and market risk
functions. In addition, the investment of the liquidity pool is monitored for concentration by issuer, currency and asset type.
Given returns generated by these highly liquid assets, the risk and reward profile is continuously managed.
Barclays PLC | 55 | |
Treasury and Capital Risk |
Deposit funding
As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.12.25 | ||||
Loans and advances, debt securities at amortised cost | Deposits at amortised cost2 | Loan: deposit ratio1 | Loan: deposit ratio1 | ||
Funding of loans and advances | £bn | £bn | % | % | |
Barclays UK | 238 | 246 | 97 | 94 | |
Barclays UK Corporate Bank | 31 | 89 | 35 | 34 | |
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management | 15 | 73 | 21 | 21 | |
Barclays Investment Bank | 136 | 162 | 84 | 83 | |
Barclays US consumer Bank | 22 | 25 | 88 | 92 | |
Head Office | 3 | — | |||
Barclays Group | 445 | 594 | 75 | 73 | |
1The loan: deposit ratio is calculated as loans and advances at amortised cost and debt securities at amortised cost divided by deposits at
amortised cost.
2Totals may not sum due to rounding.
Funding structure and funding relationships
The basis for sound liquidity risk management is a funding structure that reduces the probability of a liquidity stress leading
to an inability to meet funding obligations as they fall due. The Group’s overall funding strategy is to develop a diversified
funding base (geographically, by type and by counterparty) and maintain access to a variety of alternative funding sources,
to provide protection against unexpected fluctuations, while minimising the cost of funding.
Within this, the Group aims to align the sources and uses of funding. As such, retail and corporate loans and advances are
largely funded by deposits in the relevant entities, with the surplus primarily funding the liquidity pool. The majority of
reverse repurchase agreements are matched by repurchase agreements. Derivative liabilities and assets are largely matched.
A substantial proportion of balance sheet derivative positions qualify for counterparty netting and the remaining portions are
largely offset when netted against cash collateral received and paid. Wholesale debt and equity is used to fund residual
assets.
These funding relationships as at 30 June 2026 are summarised below:
As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.12.25 | As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.12.25 | |||
Assets | £bn | £bn | Liabilities and equity | £bn | £bn | |
Loans and advances at amortised cost1 | 418 | 400 | Deposits at amortised cost | 594 | 586 | |
Group liquidity pool | 347 | 338 | <1 Year wholesale funding | 89 | 84 | |
>1 Year wholesale funding | 147 | 136 | ||||
Reverse repurchase agreements, trading portfolio assets, cash collateral and settlement balances | 567 | 471 | Repurchase agreements, trading portfolio liabilities, cash collateral and settlement balances | 458 | 359 | |
Derivative financial instruments | 304 | 252 | Derivative financial instruments | 292 | 241 | |
Other assets2 | 94 | 83 | Other liabilities | 70 | 60 | |
Equity | 80 | 78 | ||||
Total assets | 1,730 | 1,544 | Total liabilities and equity | 1,730 | 1,544 |
1Adjusted for liquidity pool debt securities reported at amortised cost of £27bn (December 2025: £30bn).
2Other assets include fair value assets that are not part of reverse repurchase agreements or trading portfolio assets, and other asset categories.
Barclays PLC | 56 | |
Treasury and Capital Risk |
Composition of wholesale funding
Wholesale funding outstanding (excluding repurchase agreements) was £236.0bn (December 2025: £220.1bn). In H126,
the Group issued £9.9bn1 of MREL eligible instruments from Barclays PLC (the Parent company) in a range of tenors and
currencies, completing the targeted 2026 MREL issuance plan within H126.
Our operating companies also access wholesale funding markets to maintain their stable and diversified funding bases.
Barclays Bank PLC continued to issue in the shorter-term and medium-term notes markets. In addition, Barclays Bank UK
PLC continued to issue in the shorter-term markets and maintains active secured funding programmes.
Wholesale funding of £88.7bn (December 2025: £83.9bn) matures in less than one year, representing 38% (December
2025: 38%) of total wholesale funding outstanding. This includes £32.6bn (December 2025: £28.4bn) related to term
funding2.
Maturity profile of wholesale funding3,4 | |||||||||||
<1 month | 1-3 months | 3-6 months | 6-12 months | <1 year | 1-2 years | 2-3 years | 3-4 years | 4-5 years | >5 years | Total | |
£bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |
Barclays PLC (the Parent company) | |||||||||||
Senior unsecured (Public benchmark) | — | — | — | 1.2 | 1.2 | 6.9 | 6.8 | 9.3 | 5.9 | 29.1 | 59.2 |
Senior unsecured (Privately placed) | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 0.2 | 0.1 | 0.8 | 1.1 |
Subordinated liabilities | — | — | — | — | — | 1.5 | — | 1.1 | — | 6.8 | 9.4 |
Barclays Bank Group | |||||||||||
Senior unsecured (Public benchmark) | — | — | — | — | — | 1.5 | 1.1 | — | — | — | 2.6 |
Senior unsecured (Privately placed)5 | 2.8 | 4.6 | 7.7 | 14.9 | 30.0 | 14.6 | 14.1 | 8.6 | 8.2 | 23.7 | 99.2 |
Certificates of deposit and commercial paper | 2.0 | 8.5 | 19.4 | 13.1 | 43.0 | — | — | — | — | — | 43.0 |
Asset backed commercial paper | 4.2 | 4.5 | 0.5 | — | 9.2 | — | — | — | — | — | 9.2 |
Asset backed securities | — | 0.1 | — | 0.8 | 0.9 | 0.3 | 1.1 | — | 0.1 | 2.1 | 4.5 |
Subordinated liabilities | — | 0.4 | — | 0.1 | 0.5 | 0.2 | — | — | — | 0.3 | 1.0 |
Barclays Bank UK Group | |||||||||||
Senior unsecured (Privately placed) | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.2 |
Certificates of deposit and commercial paper | 3.6 | — | — | — | 3.6 | — | — | — | — | — | 3.6 |
Covered bonds | — | — | — | — | — | 0.5 | 0.7 | 0.7 | — | 0.1 | 2.0 |
Asset backed securities | — | — | 0.3 | — | 0.3 | — | — | — | — | — | 0.3 |
Subordinated liabilities | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 0.7 | 0.7 |
Total as at 30 June 2026 | 12.6 | 18.1 | 27.9 | 30.1 | 88.7 | 25.5 | 23.8 | 19.9 | 14.4 | 63.7 | 236.0 |
Of which secured | 4.2 | 4.6 | 0.8 | 0.8 | 10.4 | 0.8 | 1.8 | 0.7 | 0.1 | 2.9 | 16.7 |
Of which unsecured | 8.4 | 13.5 | 27.1 | 29.3 | 78.3 | 24.7 | 22.0 | 19.2 | 14.3 | 60.8 | 219.3 |
Total as at 31 December 2025 | 10.4 | 17.0 | 31.5 | 25.0 | 83.9 | 21.2 | 22.7 | 19.3 | 13.8 | 59.2 | 220.1 |
Of which secured | 2.3 | 8.9 | 1.8 | 0.3 | 13.3 | 0.7 | 1.5 | 0.7 | 0.7 | 3.5 | 20.4 |
Of which unsecured | 8.1 | 8.1 | 29.7 | 24.7 | 70.6 | 20.5 | 21.2 | 18.6 | 13.1 | 55.7 | 199.7 |
1Includes £0.5bn of AT1
2Term funding comprises public benchmark and privately placed senior unsecured notes, covered bonds, asset-backed securities and
subordinated debt where the original maturity of the instrument is more than 1 year.
3The composition of wholesale funds comprises the balance sheet reported financial liabilities at fair value, debt securities in issue and
subordinated liabilities. It does not include participation in the central bank facilities reported within repurchase agreements and other similar
secured borrowing.
4Excludes £0.5bn of AT1
5Includes structured notes of £84.5bn, of which £27.0bn matures within one year.
Barclays PLC | 57 | |
Treasury and Capital Risk |
Regulatory minimum requirements
Capital
As at 30 June 2026, the Group’s Overall Capital Requirement for CET1, excluding any applicable PRA buffer, was 12.2% and
comprised a 4.5% Pillar 1 minimum, a 2.5% Capital Conservation Buffer (CCB), a 1.5% Global Systemically Important
Institution (G-SII) buffer, a 2.7% Pillar 2A requirement and a 1.0% Countercyclical Capital Buffer (CCyB).
The Group’s CCyB is based on the buffer rate applicable for each jurisdiction in which the Group has exposures. The buffer
rates set by other national authorities for non-UK exposures are not currently material.
The Group’s Pillar 2A requirement is 4.8% with at least 56.25% to be met with CET1 capital, equating to 2.7% of RWAs. The
Pillar 2A requirement, based on a point in time assessment, has been set as a proportion of RWAs and is subject to at least
annual review.
The Group’s CET1 target ratio of 13-14% takes into account minimum capital requirements and applicable buffers. The
Group remains above its minimum capital regulatory requirements and applicable buffers.
Leverage
As at 30 June 2026, the Group was subject to a UK leverage ratio requirement of 4.1%. This comprised the 3.25% minimum
requirement, a G-SII additional leverage ratio buffer (G-SII ALRB) of 0.53% and a countercyclical leverage ratio buffer (CCLB)
of 0.3%. The Group is also required to disclose an average UK leverage ratio which is based on capital on the last day of each
month in the quarter and an exposure measure for each day in the quarter.
MREL
As at 30 June 2026, the Group was required to meet the higher of: (i) two times the sum of 8% Pillar 1 and 4.8% Pillar 2A
equating to 25.5% of RWAs; and (ii) 6.75% of leverage exposures. CET1 capital cannot be counted towards both MREL and
the buffers, meaning that the buffers, including any applicable PRA buffer, will effectively be applied above MREL
requirements.
Significant regulatory updates in the period
In January 2026, the PRA confirmed the final implementation timetable for the UK Basel 3.1 framework. The PRA’s final rules
reaffirm that Basel 3.1 will be implemented from 1 January 2027.
The PRA also confirmed its approach to the Fundamental Review of the Trading Book (FRTB), under which implementation
of the Internal Models Approach (IMA) will be deferred to 1 January 2028, while all other FRTB components will take effect
from 1 January 2027.
Barclays PLC | 58 | |
Treasury and Capital Risk |
Capital ratios | As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.03.26 | As at 31.12.25 |
CET1 | 14.3% | 14.1% | 14.3% |
T1 | 18.0% | 17.5% | 17.9% |
Total regulatory capital | 20.3% | 19.7% | 20.4% |
MREL ratio as a percentage of total RWAs | 36.7% | 35.4% | 35.8% |
Own funds and eligible liabilities | £m | £m | £m |
Total equity excluding non-controlling interests per the balance sheet | |||
Less: other equity instruments (recognised as AT1 capital) | ( | ( | ( |
Adjustment to retained earnings for foreseeable ordinary share dividends | ( | ( | ( |
Adjustment to retained earnings for foreseeable repurchase of shares | ( | ( | |
Adjustment to retained earnings for foreseeable other equity coupons | ( | ( | ( |
Other regulatory adjustments and deductions | |||
Additional value adjustments (PVA) | ( | ( | ( |
Goodwill and intangible assets | ( | ( | ( |
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding temporary differences | ( | ( | ( |
Fair value reserves related to gains or losses on cash flow hedges | |||
Excess of expected losses over impairment | ( | ( | ( |
Gains or losses on liabilities at fair value resulting from own credit | |||
Defined benefit pension fund assets | ( | ( | ( |
Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own CET1 instruments | ( | ( | ( |
Other regulatory adjustments | ( | ( | ( |
CET1 capital | |||
AT1 capital | |||
Capital instruments and related share premium accounts | |||
Other regulatory adjustments and deductions | ( | ( | ( |
AT1 capital | |||
T1 capital | |||
T2 capital | |||
Capital instruments and related share premium accounts | |||
Qualifying T2 capital (including minority interests) issued by subsidiaries | |||
Other regulatory adjustments and deductions | ( | ( | ( |
Total regulatory capital | |||
Less : Ineligible T2 capital (including minority interests) issued by subsidiaries | ( | ( | ( |
Eligible liabilities | |||
Total own funds and eligible liabilities1 | |||
Total RWAs |
1As at 30 June 2026, the Group's MREL requirement, excluding any applicable PRA buffer, was to hold £111.4bn of own funds and eligible
liabilities equating to 30.5% of RWAs. The Group remains above its MREL regulatory requirement including any applicable PRA buffer.
Barclays PLC | 59 | |
Treasury and Capital Risk |
Movement in CET1 capital | Three months ended 30.06.26 | Six months ended 30.06.26 |
£m | £m | |
Opening CET1 capital | 51,219 | 51,070 |
Profit for the period attributable to equity holders | 2,503 | 4,678 |
Own credit relating to derivative liabilities | 26 | 8 |
Ordinary share dividends paid and foreseen | (500) | (1,000) |
Purchased and foreseeable share repurchase | (500) | (1,500) |
Other equity coupons paid and foreseen | (236) | (489) |
Increase in retained regulatory capital generated from earnings | 1,293 | 1,697 |
Net impact of share schemes | 274 | (109) |
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve | 140 | 101 |
Currency translation reserve | (134) | 219 |
Other reserves | (3) | (8) |
Increase in other qualifying reserves | 277 | 203 |
Pension remeasurements within reserves | 41 | (24) |
Defined benefit pension fund asset deduction | (55) | (9) |
Net impact of pensions | (14) | (33) |
Additional value adjustments (PVA) | 16 | (131) |
Goodwill and intangible assets | (519) | (590) |
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences | 66 | 177 |
Excess of expected loss over impairment | (59) | (69) |
Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own CET1 instruments | 1 | 8 |
Other regulatory adjustments | (37) | (89) |
Decrease in regulatory capital due to adjustments and deductions | (532) | (694) |
Closing CET1 capital | 52,243 | 52,243 |
CET1 capital increased by £1.2bn to £52.2bn (December 2025: £51.1bn). Significant movements in the period were:
•£4.7bn of capital generated from profit partially offset by distributions of £3.0bn comprising:
–£1.5bn completed share buybacks announced with FY25 and Q126 results
–£1.0bn accrual towards the total 2026 dividend
–£0.5bn of equity coupons paid and foreseen
•£0.2bn increase in other qualifying reserves including a £0.2bn increase in the currency translation reserve as a result of
foreign exchange movements
•£0.7bn decrease due to regulatory adjustments and deductions including £0.6bn of goodwill and intangibles deductions
primarily driven by the Best Egg acquisition
Barclays PLC | 60 | |
Treasury and Capital Risk |
RWAs by risk type and business | |||||||||||||
Credit risk | Counterparty credit risk | Market Risk | Operational risk | Total RWAs | |||||||||
STD | IRB | STD | IRB | Settlement Risk | CVA | STD | IMA | ||||||
As at 30.06.26 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||
Barclays UK | 16,987 | 57,919 | 118 | 9 | — | 33 | 135 | — | 13,804 | 89,005 | |||
Barclays UK Corporate Bank | 3,866 | 18,522 | 97 | 260 | — | 3 | 16 | 274 | 3,530 | 26,568 | |||
Barclays Private Bank & Wealth Management | 5,002 | 570 | 128 | 25 | — | 11 | 37 | 185 | 2,062 | 8,020 | |||
Barclays Investment Bank | 44,721 | 51,050 | 25,723 | 22,591 | 336 | 2,566 | 12,110 | 19,772 | 25,275 | 204,144 | |||
Barclays US Consumer Bank | 17,894 | 1,016 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 5,394 | 24,304 | |||
Head Office | 5,538 | 5,883 | 1 | 4 | — | — | 175 | 32 | 1,090 | 12,723 | |||
Barclays Group | 94,008 | 134,960 | 26,067 | 22,889 | 336 | 2,613 | 12,473 | 20,263 | 51,155 | 364,764 | |||
As at 31.03.26 | |||||||||||||
Barclays UK | 16,737 | 56,662 | 117 | 9 | — | 37 | 118 | — | 13,804 | 87,484 | |||
Barclays UK Corporate Bank | 4,097 | 18,921 | 87 | 267 | — | 3 | 19 | 330 | 3,530 | 27,254 | |||
Barclays Private Bank & Wealth Management | 5,020 | 678 | 124 | 30 | 1 | 11 | 32 | 225 | 2,062 | 8,183 | |||
Barclays Investment Bank | 42,919 | 51,782 | 24,119 | 21,504 | 243 | 2,522 | 11,978 | 21,380 | 25,275 | 201,722 | |||
Barclays US Consumer Bank | 21,158 | 1,017 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 5,394 | 27,569 | |||
Head Office | 5,441 | 5,482 | — | — | — | — | 237 | — | 1,090 | 12,250 | |||
Barclays Group | 95,372 | 134,542 | 24,447 | 21,810 | 244 | 2,573 | 12,384 | 21,935 | 51,155 | 364,462 |
As at 31.12.25 | |||||||||||||
Barclays UK | 16,731 | 55,037 | 132 | 8 | — | 43 | 177 | — | 13,697 | 85,825 | |||
Barclays UK Corporate Bank | 3,878 | 18,341 | 89 | 312 | 1 | 4 | 31 | 343 | 3,510 | 26,509 | |||
Barclays Private Bank & Wealth Management | 4,981 | 580 | 112 | 19 | — | 11 | 39 | 240 | 2,054 | 8,036 | |||
Barclays Investment Bank | 44,961 | 49,750 | 21,986 | 19,442 | 165 | 3,030 | 12,018 | 20,111 | 25,238 | 196,701 | |||
Barclays US Consumer Bank | 21,050 | 1,004 | — | 1 | — | — | — | — | 5,393 | 27,448 | |||
Head Office | 5,405 | 5,439 | 1 | 5 | — | — | 219 | 59 | 1,127 | 12,255 | |||
Barclays Group | 97,006 | 130,151 | 22,320 | 19,787 | 166 | 3,088 | 12,484 | 20,753 | 51,019 | 356,774 |
Movement analysis of RWAs | Credit risk | Counterparty credit risk | Market risk | Operational risk | Total RWAs |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
RWAs as at 31.12.25 | 227,157 | 45,361 | 33,237 | 51,019 | 356,774 |
Book size | 3,849 | 5,944 | (680) | 136 | 9,249 |
Acquisitions and disposals | (3,192) | — | — | — | (3,192) |
Book quality | 462 | 271 | — | — | 733 |
Model updates | — | — | — | — | — |
Methodology and policy | (174) | 29 | — | — | (145) |
Foreign exchange movements1 | 866 | 300 | 179 | — | 1,345 |
Total RWA movements | 1,811 | 6,544 | (501) | 136 | 7,990 |
RWAs as at 30.06.26 | 228,968 | 51,905 | 32,736 | 51,155 | 364,764 |
1Foreign exchange movements does not include the impact of foreign exchange for modelled market risk or operational risk.
Total RWAs increased £8.0bn to £364.8bn (Dec 2025: £356.8bn) primarily driven by:
Credit risk RWAs increased £1.8bn:
•A £3.8bn increase in book size primarily reflecting lending growth in UK businesses; partially offset by
•A £3.2bn decrease in acquisitions and disposals reflecting the net impact of the AA portfolio exit and the Best Egg
acquisition
Counterparty credit risk RWAs increased £6.5bn primarily driven by higher activity in Global Markets
Barclays PLC | 61 | |
Treasury and Capital Risk |
Leverage ratios | As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.03.26 | As at 31.12.25 |
£m | £m | £m | |
UK leverage ratio1 | 4.9% | 4.8% | 5.1% |
T1 capital | 65,519 | 63,933 | 63,795 |
UK leverage exposure | 1,345,596 | 1,321,321 | 1,247,313 |
Average UK leverage ratio | 4.6% | 4.6% | 4.7% |
Average T1 capital | 63,787 | 63,239 | 63,277 |
Average UK leverage exposure | 1,393,843 | 1,373,842 | 1,358,364 |
1Although the leverage ratio is expressed in terms of T1 capital, the leverage ratio buffers and 75% of the minimum requirement must be covered
solely with CET1 capital. The CET1 capital held against the 0.53% G-SII ALRB was £7.1bn and against the 0.3% CCLB was £4.0bn.
The UK leverage ratio decreased to 4.9% (December 2025: 5.1%) as the leverage exposure increased by £98.3bn to
£1,345.6bn (December 2025: £1,247.3bn). The increase in leverage exposure was primarily driven by higher trading activity
in IB.
Barclays PLC | 62 | |
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Condensed consolidated income statement (unaudited) | |||
Half year ended 30.06.26 | Half year ended 30.06.25 | ||
Notes1 | £m | £m | |
Interest and similar income | |||
Interest and similar expense | ( | ( | |
Net interest income | |||
Fee and commission income | 3 | ||
Fee and commission expense | 3 | ( | ( |
Net fee and commission income | 3 | ||
Net trading income | |||
Net investment income/(expense) | ( | ||
Other income2 | |||
Total income | |||
Staff costs | 4 | ( | ( |
Infrastructure, administration and general expenses | 5 | ( | ( |
UK regulatory levies | ( | ( | |
Litigation and conduct | ( | ( | |
Operating expenses | ( | ( | |
Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures | |||
Profit before impairment | |||
Credit impairment charges | ( | ( | |
Profit before tax | |||
Tax charge | ( | ( | |
Profit after tax | |||
Attributable to: | |||
Shareholders of the parent | |||
Other equity holders | |||
Equity holders of the parent | |||
Non-controlling interests | |||
Profit after tax | |||
Earnings per share | |||
Basic earnings per ordinary share | 6 | ||
Diluted earnings per ordinary share | 6 | ||
1For Notes to the Financial Statements see pages 68 to 87.
2Other income includes c.£225 m gain recognised on sale of the AA portfolio on 24 April 2026.
Barclays PLC | 63 | |
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income (unaudited) | |||
Half year ended 30.06.26 | Half year ended 30.06.25 | ||
Notes1 | £m | £m | |
Profit after tax | |||
Other comprehensive (loss)/income that may be recycled to profit or loss: | |||
Currency translation reserve | |||
Currency translation differences | ( | ||
Tax | ( | ||
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve | |||
Net (losses)/gains from changes in fair value | ( | ||
Net losses transferred to net profit on disposal | |||
Net release of impairment | ( | ||
Net gains/(losses) due to fair value hedging | ( | ||
Tax | ( | ( | |
Cash flow hedging reserve | |||
Net (losses)/gains from changes in fair value | ( | ||
Net losses/(gains) transferred to net profit | ( | ||
Tax | ( | ||
Other comprehensive (loss)/income that may be recycled to profit or loss | ( | ||
Other comprehensive income/(loss) not recycled to profit or loss: | |||
Retirement benefit remeasurements | 13 | ( | ( |
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve | ( | ||
Own credit | |||
Tax | ( | ( | |
Other comprehensive income not recycled to profit or loss | |||
Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the period | ( | ||
Total comprehensive income for the period | |||
Attributable to: | |||
Equity holders of the parent | |||
Non-controlling interests | |||
Total comprehensive income for the period | |||
1For Notes to the Financial Statements see pages 68 to 87.
Barclays PLC | 64 | |
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Condensed consolidated balance sheet (unaudited) | |||
As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.12.25 | ||
Assets | Notes1 | £m | £m |
Cash and balances at central banks | |||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | |||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||
Loans and advances at amortised cost to banks | |||
Loans and advances at amortised cost to customers | |||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending at amortised cost | |||
Trading portfolio assets | |||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | |||
Derivative financial instruments | 8 | ||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | |||
Investments in associates and joint ventures | |||
Goodwill and intangible assets | 10 | ||
Property, plant and equipment | |||
Current tax assets | |||
Deferred tax assets | |||
Retirement benefit assets | 13 | ||
Assets included in a disposal group classified as held for sale | 18 | ||
Other assets | |||
Total assets | |||
Liabilities | |||
Deposits at amortised cost from banks | |||
Deposits at amortised cost from customers | |||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | |||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowings at amortised cost | |||
Debt securities in issue | |||
Subordinated liabilities | 11 | ||
Trading portfolio liabilities | |||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | |||
Derivative financial instruments | 8 | ||
Current tax liabilities | |||
Deferred tax liabilities | |||
Retirement benefit liabilities | 13 | ||
Provisions | 12 | ||
Other liabilities | |||
Total liabilities | |||
Equity | |||
Called up share capital and share premium | |||
Other equity instruments | |||
Other reserves | 14 | ||
Retained earnings | |||
Total equity excluding non-controlling interests | |||
Non-controlling interests | |||
Total equity | |||
Total liabilities and equity | |||
1For Notes to the Financial Statements see pages 68 to 87.
Barclays PLC | 65 | |
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity (unaudited) | |||||||
Called up share capital and share premium1,2 | Other equity instruments3 | Other reserves4 | Retained earnings | Total | Non- controlling interests | Total equity | |
Half year ended 30.06.2026 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Balance as at 1 January 2026 | |||||||
Profit after tax | — | — | |||||
Currency translation movements | — | — | — | — | |||
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve | — | — | — | — | |||
Cash flow hedges | — | — | ( | — | ( | — | ( |
Retirement benefit remeasurements | — | — | — | ( | ( | — | ( |
Own credit | — | — | — | — | |||
Total comprehensive income for the period | — | ( | |||||
Employee share schemes and hedging thereof | — | — | — | ||||
Issue and redemption of other equity instruments | — | — | — | — | |||
Other equity instruments coupon paid | — | ( | — | — | ( | — | ( |
Redemption of preference shares | — | — | — | — | — | — | |
Vesting of employee share schemes net of purchases | — | — | ( | ( | ( | — | ( |
Dividends paid | — | — | — | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Repurchase of shares | ( | — | ( | ( | — | ( | |
Other movements | — | ||||||
Balance as at 30 June 2026 | |||||||
Condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity (unaudited) | |||||||
Called up share capital and share premium1, 2 | Other equity instruments3 | Other reserves4 | Retained earnings | Total | Non- controlling interests | Total equity | |
Half year ended 31.12.2025 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Balance as at 1 July 2025 | |||||||
Profit after tax | — | — | |||||
Currency translation movements | — | — | — | — | |||
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve | — | — | — | — | |||
Cash flow hedges | — | — | — | — | |||
Retirement benefit remeasurements | — | — | — | — | |||
Own credit | — | — | ( | — | ( | — | ( |
Total comprehensive income for the period | — | ||||||
Employee share schemes and hedging thereof | — | — | — | ||||
Issue and redemption of other equity instruments | — | ( | — | ( | — | ( | |
Other equity instruments coupon paid | — | ( | — | — | ( | — | ( |
Vesting of employee shares scheme net of purchases | — | — | ( | ( | — | ( | |
Dividends paid | — | — | — | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Repurchase of shares | ( | — | ( | ( | — | ( | |
Other movements | — | ( | |||||
Balance as at 31 December 2025 | |||||||
Barclays PLC | 66 | |
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity (unaudited) | |||||||
Called up share capital and share premium1,2 | Other equity instruments3 | Other reserves4 | Retained earnings | Total | Non- controlling interests | Total equity | |
Half year ended 30.06.25 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Balance as at 1 January 2025 | ( | ||||||
Profit after tax | — | — | |||||
Currency translation movements | — | — | ( | — | ( | — | ( |
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve | — | — | — | — | |||
Cash flow hedges | — | — | — | — | |||
Retirement benefit remeasurements | — | — | — | ( | ( | — | ( |
Own credit | — | — | — | — | |||
Total comprehensive income for the period | — | ||||||
Employee share schemes and hedging thereof | — | — | — | ||||
Issue and redemption of other equity instruments | — | — | ( | — | |||
Other equity instruments coupon paid | — | ( | — | — | ( | — | ( |
Redemption of preference shares | — | — | — | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Vesting of employee share schemes net of purchases | — | — | ( | ( | — | ( | |
Dividends paid | — | — | — | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Repurchase of shares | ( | — | ( | ( | — | ( | |
Other movements | — | — | — | ||||
Balance as at 30 June 2025 | |||||||
1As at 30 June 2026, Called up share capital comprises 13,507 m (December 2025: 13,867 m) ordinary shares of 25 p each.
2During the six months ended 30 June 2026, Barclays PLC announced and fully executed two share buyback programmes and completed the
share buyback programme that had been announced and partially executed in 2025, totalling £1,790 m. As part of these buybacks, 403 m shares
were repurchased and cancelled in the period. The nominal value of 101 m relating to these shares was transferred from Share capital to the
Capital redemption reserve within Other reserves. In the year ended 31 December 2025, Barclays PLC fully executed two share buyback
programmes and partially executed one share buyback programme totalling £2,232 m. A total of 636 m shares were repurchased and cancelled,
with a nominal value of £158 m transferred from Share capital to the Capital redemption reserve within Other reserves.
3Other equity instruments of £13,275 m (December 2025: £12,725 m) comprise AT1 securities issued by Barclays PLC. During the six months
ended 30 June 2026, there was one issuance in the form of Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities for
£527 m (net of £4 m issuance costs) and no redemptions. For the six months ended 31 December 2025, there were two issuances totalling
£1,607 m (including £6 m issuance costs) and two redemptions totalling £2,138 m. For the six months ended 30 June 2025, there were two
issuances totalling £2,177 m (including £9 m of issuance costs) and one redemption of £995 m, all relating to Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual
Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities.
4Details are shown in Note 14 - Other reserves on page 81.
Barclays PLC | 67 | |
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Condensed consolidated cash flow statement (unaudited) | ||
Half year ended 30.06.26 | Half year ended 30.06.25 | |
£m | £m | |
Profit before tax | ||
Adjustment for non-cash and other items | ||
Net increase in loans and advances at amortised cost | ( | ( |
Net increase in deposits at amortised cost | ||
Net increase in debt securities in issue | ||
Changes in other operating assets and liabilities | ( | |
Corporate income tax paid | ( | ( |
Net cash from operating activities | ||
Net cash from investing activities | ( | ( |
Net cash from financing activities1 | ( | |
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents | ( | |
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents | ||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period | ||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period | ||
1Issuance and redemption of debt securities included in financing activities relate to instruments that qualify as eligible liabilities and satisfy
regulatory requirements for MREL instruments which came into effect during 2019.
Barclays PLC | 68 | |
Financial Statement Notes |
1.Basis of preparation
These condensed consolidated interim financial statements ("the financial statements") for the six months ended 30 June
2026 have been prepared in accordance with the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules (DTR) of the UK’s FCA, and
IAS 34, Interim Financial Reporting, as published by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and adopted by the
UK.
The condensed consolidated interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the annual financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2025. The annual financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2025 were prepared
in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and
in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations (IFRICs) as issued by the IASB and
adopted by the UK.
The accounting policies and methods of computation applied in these condensed consolidated interim financial statements
are consistent with those set out in the Barclays PLC Annual Report for the year ended 31 December 2025, except for the
adoption of the amendments to IFRS 9, effective from 1 January 2026. The amendments include:
•Additional guidance clarifying when certain financial assets comply with solely payments of principal and interest
(SPPI) requirements, including instruments with contingent features (e.g. Environmental, Social, and Governance
(ESG)-linked financing), as well as contractually-linked instruments and non-recourse financing.
•Clarifications to the derecognition requirements for financial assets and financial liabilities and the introduction of
an accounting policy choice for liabilities settled via an electronic payment system. If the policy choice is elected, a
liability may be derecognised before it is legally extinguished, provided that the entity has initiated a payment
instruction and the specified IFRS 9 criteria are met.
In the limited circumstances where there is a delay between cash being transferred by Barclays via an electronic payment
system and the legal extinguishment of the related liability, Barclays has adopted the policy choice referred to above. There
was no material impact from Barclays' adoption of these IFRS 9 amendments.
i.Going concern
The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis, as the Directors are satisfied that the Group and parent
company have the resources to continue in business for a period of at least 12 months from approval of the interim financial
statements. In making this assessment, the Directors have considered a wide range of information relating to present and
future conditions and includes a review of a working capital report (WCR). The WCR is used by the Directors to assess the
future performance of the business and that it has the resources in place that are required to meet its ongoing regulatory
requirements. The WCR also includes an assessment of the impact of internally generated stress testing scenarios on the
liquidity and capital requirement forecasts. The stress tests used were based upon an assessment of reasonably possible
downside economic scenarios that the Group could experience.
The WCR indicated that the Group had sufficient capital in place to support its future business requirements and remained
above its regulatory minimum requirements in the internal stress scenarios.
ii.Other disclosures
The Credit risk disclosures on pages 31 to 51 form part of these interim financial statements.
Barclays PLC | 69 | |
Financial Statement Notes |
2.Segmental reporting
Analysis of results by business | |||||||
Barclays UK | Barclays UK Corporate Bank | Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management | Barclays Investment Bank | Barclays US Consumer Bank | Head Office | Barclays Group | |
Half year ended 30.06.26 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Net interest income | |||||||
Non-interest income | ( | ||||||
Total income | |||||||
Of which inter-segmental income/ (expense) | ( | ( | ( | — | |||
Operating costs | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
UK regulatory levies | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Litigation and conduct | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Total operating expenses | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Other net income1 | |||||||
Profit/(loss) before impairment | ( | ||||||
Credit impairment (charges)/ releases | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |
Profit/(loss) before tax | ( | ||||||
As at 30.06.26 | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn |
Total assets | |||||||
Total liabilities | |||||||
Barclays UK | Barclays UK Corporate Bank | Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management | Barclays Investment Bank | Barclays US Consumer Bank | Head Office | Barclays Group | |
Half year ended 30.06.25 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Net interest income | |||||||
Non-interest income | ( | ||||||
Total income | |||||||
Of which inter-segmental income/ (expense) | ( | ( | ( | — | |||
Operating costs | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
UK regulatory levies | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Litigation and conduct | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |
Total operating expenses | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Other net income | |||||||
Profit/(loss) before impairment | ( | ||||||
Credit impairment (charges)/releases | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |
Profit/(loss) before tax | ( | ||||||
As at 31.12.25 | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn |
Total assets | |||||||
Total liabilities |
Inter-segmental income/(expense) refers to the internal charging of revenues between different business segments,
reflecting how resources such as funding, capital, or services are utilised across the organisation. Segments which operate
with a net customer deposit position contribute surplus deposits as a funding source for other Group segment activities.
1Other net income represents the share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures.
Barclays PLC | 70 | |
Financial Statement Notes |
3.Net fee and commission income
Contracts with Customers.
Barclays UK | Barclays UK Corporate Bank | Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management | Barclays Investment Bank | Barclays US Consumer Bank | Head Office | Barclays Group | |
Half year ended 30.06.26 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Fee type | |||||||
Transactional | |||||||
Advisory | |||||||
Brokerage and execution | |||||||
Underwriting and syndication | |||||||
Other | |||||||
Total revenue from contracts with customers | |||||||
Other non-contract fee income | |||||||
Fee and commission income | |||||||
Fee and commission expense | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Net fee and commission income |
Barclays UK | Barclays UK Corporate Bank | Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management | Barclays Investment Bank | Barclays US Consumer Bank | Head Office | Barclays Group | |
Half year ended 30.06.25 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Fee type | |||||||
Transactional | |||||||
Advisory | |||||||
Brokerage and execution | |||||||
Underwriting and syndication | |||||||
Other | |||||||
Total revenue from contracts with customers | |||||||
Other non-contract fee income | |||||||
Fee and commission income | |||||||
Fee and commission expense | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Net fee and commission income |
Fee types
Transactional fees are service charges on deposit accounts, cash management services and transactional processing fees.
These include interchange and merchant fee income generated from credit and bank card usage.
Advisory fees are generated from wealth management services and investment banking advisory services related to mergers,
acquisitions and financial restructurings.
Brokerage and execution fees are earned for executing client transactions with various exchanges and over-the-counter
markets and assisting clients in clearing transactions and facilitating foreign exchange transactions for spot/forward
contracts.
Underwriting and syndication fees are earned for the distribution of client equity or debt securities and the arrangement and
administration of a loan syndication. These include commitment fees to provide loan financing.
Barclays PLC | 71 | |
Financial Statement Notes |
4.Staff costs
Half year ended 30.06.26 | Half year ended 30.06.25 | |
Compensation costs | £m | £m |
Upfront bonus charge | ||
Deferred bonus charge | ||
Other incentives | ||
Performance costs | ||
Salaries | ||
Social security costs | ||
Post-retirement benefits | ||
Other compensation costs | ||
Total compensation costs | ||
Other resourcing costs | ||
Outsourcing | ||
Redundancy and restructuring | ||
Temporary staff costs | ||
Other | ||
Total other resourcing costs | ||
Total staff costs | ||
Barclays Group compensation costs as a % of total income |
5.Infrastructure, administration and general expenses
Half year ended 30.06.26 | Half year ended 30.06.25 | |
Infrastructure costs | £m | £m |
Property and equipment | ||
Depreciation and amortisation | ||
Impairment of property, equipment and intangible assets | ||
Total infrastructure costs | ||
Administration and general expenses | ||
Consultancy, legal and professional fees | ||
Marketing and advertising | ||
Other administration and general expenses | ||
Total administration and general expenses | ||
Total infrastructure, administration and general expenses |
Barclays PLC | 72 | |
Financial Statement Notes |
6.Earnings per share
Half year ended 30.06.26 | Half year ended 30.06.25 | |
£m | £m | |
Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent | ||
m | m | |
Basic weighted average number of shares in issue | ||
Number of potential ordinary shares | ||
Diluted weighted average number of shares | ||
p | p | |
Basic earnings per ordinary share | ||
Diluted earnings per ordinary share |
7.Dividends on ordinary shares
Half year ended 30.06.26 | Half year ended 30.06.25 | |||
Per share | Total | Per share | Total | |
Dividends paid during the period | p | £m | p | £m |
Full year dividend paid during period | ||||
It is Barclays' policy to declare and pay dividends on a semi-annual basis. The 2025 full year dividend of 5.6 p per ordinary
share was paid on 31 March 2026 to the shareholders on the Share Register on 20 February 2026. A half year dividend for
2026 of 5.9 p (H125: 3.0 p) per ordinary share will be paid on 15 September 2026.
For qualifying American Depositary Receipt (ADR) holders, the half year dividend of 5.9 p per ordinary share becomes 23.6 p
per American Depositary Share (ADS) (representing four shares). The depositary bank will post the half year dividend on 15
September 2026 to ADR holders on the record at close of business on 7 August 2026.
The Directors have confirmed their intention to initiate a share buyback of up to £1,000 m after the balance sheet date. The
share buyback is expected to commence in the third quarter of 2026. The financial statements for the six months ended 30
June 2026 do not reflect the impact of the proposed share buyback, which will be accounted for as and when shares are
repurchased by the Company.
Barclays PLC | 73 | |
Financial Statement Notes |
8.Derivative financial instruments
Contract notional amount | Fair value | |||
Assets | Liabilities | |||
As at 30.06.26 | £m | £m | £m | |
Foreign exchange derivatives | ( | |||
Interest rate derivatives | ( | |||
Credit derivatives | ( | |||
Equity and stock index and commodity derivatives | ( | |||
Derivative assets/(liabilities) held for trading | ( | |||
Derivatives in hedge accounting relationships | ||||
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges | ( | |||
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges | ( | |||
Derivatives designated as hedges of net investments | ( | |||
Derivative assets/(liabilities) designated in hedge accounting relationships | ( | |||
Total recognised derivative assets/(liabilities) | ( | |||
As at 31.12.25 | ||||
Foreign exchange derivatives | ( | |||
Interest rate derivatives | ( | |||
Credit derivatives | ( | |||
Equity and stock index and commodity derivatives | ( | |||
Derivative assets/(liabilities) held for trading | ( | |||
Derivatives in hedge accounting relationships | ||||
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges | ( | |||
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges | ( | |||
Derivatives designated as hedges of net investments | ( | |||
Derivative assets/(liabilities) designated in hedge accounting relationships | ( | |||
Total recognised derivative assets/(liabilities) | ( | |||
The IFRS netting posted against derivative assets was £37 bn including £5 bn of cash collateral netted (December 2025:
£43 bn including £6 bn cash collateral netted) and £38 bn for liabilities including £5 bn of cash collateral netted (December
2025: £43 bn including £5 bn of cash collateral netted). Derivative asset exposures would be £273 bn (December 2025:
£226 bn) lower than reported under IFRS if netting were permitted for assets and liabilities with the same counterparty or for
which the Group holds cash collateral of £36 bn (December 2025: £31 bn). Similarly, derivative liabilities would be £265 bn
(December 2025: £218 bn) lower reflecting counterparty netting and cash collateral placed of £28 bn (December 2025:
£23 bn). In addition, non-cash collateral of £14 bn (December 2025: £13 bn) was held in respect of derivative assets £5 bn
(December 2025: £5 bn) was placed in respect of derivative liabilities. Collateral amounts are limited to net on balance sheet
exposure so as to not include over-collateralisation
Barclays PLC | 74 | |
Financial Statement Notes |
9.Fair value of financial instruments
This note should be read in conjunction with Note 17, Fair value of financial instruments of the Barclays PLC Annual Report
2025 which provides more detail regarding accounting policies adopted, valuation methodologies used in calculating fair
value and the valuation control framework which governs oversight of valuations. There have been no changes in the
accounting policies adopted in the period. During the period, the Group further enhanced its fair value levelling framework.
These enhancements enabled a more granular assessment of input observability and a broader application of significance
assessments in determining the fair value hierarchy classification of financial instruments.
Valuation
hierarchy and balance sheet classification:
Assets and liabilities held at fair value | ||||
Valuation techniques used | ||||
Quoted market prices | Observable inputs | Significant unobservable inputs | ||
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | |
As at 30.06.26 | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Trading portfolio assets | ||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | ||||
Derivative financial instruments | ||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | ||||
Investment property | ||||
Total assets | ||||
Trading portfolio liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Derivative financial instruments | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Total liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ( |
As at 31.12.25 | ||||
Trading portfolio assets | ||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | ||||
Derivative financial instruments | ||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | ||||
Investment property | ||||
Total assets | ||||
Trading portfolio liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Derivative financial instruments | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Total liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Barclays PLC | 75 | |
Financial Statement Notes |
As at 30.06.26 | Loans | Corporate debt | Asset backed securities | Government and Government sponsored debt | Private equity investments | Issued debt | Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements | Interest rate derivatives | Equity derivatives | Other products 1 | Total |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Trading portfolio assets | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | — | — | — | — | |||||||
Derivative financial instruments | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||
Investment property | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||
Total assets | — | — | |||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities | — | ( | — | ( | — | — | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | — | — | — | — | ( | ( | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Derivative financial instruments | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Total liabilities | — | ( | — | ( | ( | ( | — | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Barclays PLC | 76 | |
Financial Statement Notes |
As at 31.12.25 | Loans | Corporate debt | Asset backed securities | Government and Government sponsored debt | Private equity investments | Issued debt | Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements | Interest rate derivatives | Equity derivatives | Other products1 | Total |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Trading portfolio assets | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | — | — | — | ||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||
Investment property | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||
Total assets | — | ||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities | — | ( | — | ( | — | — | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | — | — | — | — | ( | ( | ( | — | — | ( | ( |
Derivative financial instruments | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Total liabilities | — | ( | — | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
1 Other products include certificate of deposits, funds and fund-linked products, equity cash products, investment property, credit derivatives and
foreign exchange derivatives.
Assets and liabilities transferred between Level 1 and Level 2
During the six-month period ended 30 June 2026, there were no
(year ended 31 December 2025: £42.7 bn assets and £(9.9 )bn liabilities transferred from Level 2 to Level 1).
Level 3 movement analysis
reflected as if they had taken place at the beginning of the period.
Assets and liabilities transferred between Level 2 and Level 3 primarily reflect the application of the enhanced fair value
levelling framework, including refinements to observability assessments and significance testing methodologies, together
with the reassessment of fair value hierarchy classifications at the reporting date. Transfers include £4.7 bn assets and
£(2.3 )bn liabilities transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 reflecting these enhancements.
Barclays PLC | 77 | |
Financial Statement Notes |
Analysis of movements in Level 3 assets and liabilities | |||||||||||
As at 01.01.26 | Total gains and (losses) in the period recognised in the income statement | Total gains and (losses) in the period recognised in OCI | Transfers | As at 30.06.26 | |||||||
Purchases | Sales | Issues | Settlements | Trading income2 | Other income | In | Out | ||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Trading portfolio assets | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||
Investment property | ( | ||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
Net derivative financial instruments1 | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
Total | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
As at 01.01.25 | Total gains and (losses) in the period recognised in the income statement | Total gains and (losses) in the period recognised in OCI | Transfers | As at 30.06.25 | |||||||
Purchases | Sales | Issues | Settlements | Trading income2 | Other income | In | Out | ||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Trading portfolio assets | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||
Investment property | |||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
Net derivative financial instruments1 | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||||
Total | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||
1The derivative financial instruments are represented on a net basis. On a gross basis, derivative financial assets were £1,976 m (June 2025:
£1,989 m) and derivative financial liabilities were £(2,855 )m (June 2025: £(2,861 )m).
2Trading income represents gains and losses on Level 3 financial instruments which in the majority are offset by losses and gains on financial
Barclays PLC | 78 | |
Financial Statement Notes |
Unrealised gains and losses on Level 3 assets and liabilities
and liabilities held at the period end.
Half year ended 30.06.26 | Half year ended 30.06.25 | |||||||
Income statement | Other comprehensive income | Total | Income statement | Other comprehensive income | Total | |||
Trading income1 | Other income | Trading income1 | Other income | |||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Trading portfolio assets | ||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | ||||||||
Investment property | ||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities | ||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | ||||||||
Net derivative financial instruments | ||||||||
Total | ||||||||
1Trading income represents gains and losses on Level 3 financial instruments which in the majority are offset by losses and gains on financial
Valuation techniques and sensitivity analysis
Sensitivity analysis is performed on products with significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) to generate a range of reasonably
possible alternative valuations. The sensitivity methodologies applied take account of the nature of valuation techniques
used, as well as the availability and reliability of observable proxy and historical data and the impact of using alternative
models. These methodologies primarily leverage the prudent valuation framework when determining sensitivities.
Sensitivities are based on either range or spread data from reliable reference source or a scenario based on relevant market
analysis alongside the impact of using alternative models. Sensitivities are calculated without reflecting the impact of any
diversification in the portfolio.
The valuation and sensitivity methodologies applied in the current period are consistent with those described in Note 17, Fair
value of financial instruments, in the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2025.
Sensitivity analysis of valuations using unobservable inputs (Relates to Level 3 Portfolios) | ||||||||
As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.12.25 | |||||||
Favourable changes | Unfavourable changes | Favourable changes | Unfavourable changes | |||||
Income statement | Equity | Income statement | Equity | Income statement | Equity | Income statement | Equity | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Loans | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Corporate debt | ( | ( | ||||||
Asset backed securities | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Government and Government sponsored debt | ( | ( | ||||||
Private equity investments | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Interest rate derivatives | ( | ( | ||||||
Equity derivatives | ( | ( | ||||||
Other products1 | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Total | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
1Other products include issued debt, certificate of deposits, funds and fund-linked products, equity cash products, reverse repurchase and
repurchase agreements, credit derivatives and foreign exchange derivatives.
Barclays PLC | 79 | |
Financial Statement Notes |
The effect of stressing unobservable inputs to a range of reasonably possible alternatives, alongside considering the impact
of using alternative models, would be to increase fair values by up to £1,221 m (December 2025: £1,541 m) or to decrease
fair values by up to £1,309 m (December 2025: £1,405 m) with substantially all of the potential effect impacting profit and
loss rather than reserves.
Significant unobservable inputs
The valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs for Level 3 assets and liabilities recognised at fair value are
broadly consistent with Note 17, Fair value of financial instruments in the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2025.
Fair value adjustments
As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.12.25 | |
£m | £m | |
Exit price adjustments derived from market bid-offer spreads | ( | ( |
Uncollateralised derivative funding | ||
Derivative credit valuation adjustments | ( | ( |
Derivative debit valuation adjustments |
Unrecognised gains as a result of the use of valuation models using unobservable inputs
The amount that is yet to be recognised in income, relating to the difference between the transaction price (the fair value at
initial recognition) and the amount that would have arisen had valuation models using unobservable inputs been used on
initial recognition, is £227 m (December 2025: £264 m) for financial instruments measured at fair value. These unrecognised
gains decreased by amortisation and releases of £73 m (December 2025: £64 m) partly offset by additions and FX revaluation
of £36 m (December 2025: £55 m). For financial instruments carried at amortised cost, the amount that is yet to be
recognised in income is £163 m (December 2025: £164 m). There are amortisation and releases of £6 m (December 2025:
£9 m) offset by additions of £5 m (December 2025: £nil ).
Third party credit enhancements
Structured and brokered certificates of deposit issued by the Group are insured up to $250,000 per depositor by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) in the United States. The FDIC is funded by fees that Barclays and other banks pay for
deposit insurance coverage. The carrying value of these issued certificates of deposit that are designated under the IFRS 9
fair value option includes this third-party credit enhancement. The on-balance sheet value of these brokered certificates of
deposit amounted to £1,948 m (December 2025: £4,156 m).
Barclays PLC | 80 | |
Financial Statement Notes |
Comparison of carrying amounts and fair values for assets and liabilities not held at fair value
Valuation methodologies employed in calculating the fair value of financial assets and liabilities not held at fair value are
consistent with those described within Note 17, Fair value of financial instruments in the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2025.
sheet:
As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.12.25 | |||
Carrying amount | Fair value | Carrying amount | Fair value | |
Financial assets | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Debt securities at amortised cost | ||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | ||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | ||||
Assets included in disposal groups classified as held for sale | ||||
Financial liabilities | ||||
Deposits at amortised cost | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Debt securities in issue | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Subordinated liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ( |
10. Goodwill and intangible assets
As part of the preparation of the Barclays Group's financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2025, an impairment
review of its goodwill and intangible asset balances was performed. The outcome of this review is disclosed on pages
452-453 of the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2025. No impairment was recognised as a result of the review as value in use
exceeded carrying amount. A review of the Group's goodwill and intangible assets as at 30 June 2026 did not identify any
factors indicating impairment.
On 1 May 2026, Barclays completed the acquisition of Best Egg, resulting in a £0.1 bn increase in intangible assets and the
recognition of £0.4 bn of goodwill. As at 30 June 2026, management has not identified any indicators of impairment in
respect of the goodwill arising on acquisition.
11.Subordinated liabilities
Half year ended 30.06.26 | Year ended 31.12.25 | |
£m | £m | |
Opening balance as at 1 January | ||
Issuances | ||
Redemptions | ( | ( |
Other | ( | ( |
Closing balance |
Issuances of £750 m comprise GBP 6.174 % Fixed Rate Resetting Subordinated Callable Notes issued externally by Barclays
PLC.
Redemptions of £2,573 m comprise £862 m EUR 1.125 % Fixed Rate Resetting Subordinated Callable Notes, £1,505 m USD
by a Barclays Bank PLC Subsidiary and £51 m GBP junior securitisation notes issued externally by a Barclays securitisation
special purpose vehicle (SPV).
Barclays PLC | 81 | |
Financial Statement Notes |
12.Provisions
As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.12.25 | |
£m | £m | |
Customer redress | ||
Legal, competition and regulatory matters | ||
Redundancy and restructuring | ||
Undrawn contractually committed facilities and guarantees | ||
Onerous contracts | ||
Sundry provisions | ||
Total |
Further information in respect of customer redress, legal, competition and regulatory matters is provided in Note 16.
13.Retirement benefits
As at 30 June 2026, the Group’s IAS 19 net retirement benefit assets were £3.1 bn (December 2025: £3.0 bn). The two
Sections of the UK Retirement Fund (UKRF), which are the Group’s main defined benefit pension schemes, had IAS 19 net
retirement benefit assets of £3.2 bn (December 2025: £3.3 bn).
Following sectionalisation of the UKRF at 1 July 2025, the first triennial valuations of the Barclays Bank and Barclays UK
sections have been completed during 2026. Results for each are shown below.
Barclays Bank Section of the UKRF
The triennial valuation of the Barclays Bank Section showed a funding surplus of £1.9 bn at 30 September 2025.
As part of the valuation the Trustee and Barclays Bank PLC agreed an annual adequacy test on a more prudent basis than
IAS 19 and funding. Should the Barclays Bank Section be sufficiently funded on this basis, regular employer contributions to
fund future pension accrual will not be required in the following calendar year. The test was passed at September 2025, so
no regular employer contributions are required for 2026.
Barclays UK Section of the UKRF
The triennial valuation of the Barclays UK Section showed a funding surplus of £83 m at 30 September 2025. Barclays Bank
UK PLC will continue to meet the costs of ongoing accrual and administration expenses for this Section.
The next triennial actuarial valuations for both Sections of the UKRF are due to be completed in 2029 with an effective date
of 30 September 2028.
14.Other reserves
Currency translation reserve
The currency translation reserve represents the cumulative gains and losses on the retranslation of the Group’s net
investment in foreign operations, net of the effects of hedging.
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve
The fair value through other comprehensive income reserve represents the changes in the fair value of financial instruments
accounted for at fair value through other comprehensive income since initial recognition.
Cash flow hedging reserve
The cash flow hedging reserve represents the cumulative gains and losses on effective cash flow hedging instruments that
will be recycled to the income statement when the hedged transactions affect profit or loss.
Own credit reserve
The own credit reserve reflects the cumulative own credit gains and losses on financial liabilities at fair value. Amounts in the
own credit reserve are not recycled to profit or loss in future periods.
Other reserves and treasury shares
Other reserves relate to redeemed ordinary and preference shares issued by the Group. Treasury shares relate to Barclays
PLC shares held principally in relation to the Group’s various share schemes. Treasury shares are deducted from
shareholders’ equity within other reserves.
Barclays PLC | 82 | |
Financial Statement Notes |
As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.12.25 | |
£m | £m | |
Currency translation reserve | ||
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve | ( | ( |
Cash flow hedging reserve | ( | ( |
Own credit reserve | ( | ( |
Other reserves and treasury shares | ||
Total |
15.Contingent liabilities and commitments
As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.12.25 | |
£m | £m | |
Guarantees and letters of credit pledged as collateral security | ||
Performance guarantees, acceptances and endorsements | ||
Documentary credits and other short-term trade related transactions | ||
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments | ||
Total 1 |
Further details on contingent liabilities, where it is not practicable to disclose an estimate of the potential financial effect on
Barclays relating to legal and competition and regulatory matters can be found in Note 16.
16.Legal, competition and regulatory matters
The Group faces legal, competition and regulatory challenges, many of which are beyond our control. The extent of the
impact of these matters cannot always be predicted but may materially impact our operations, financial results, condition
and prospects. Matters arising from a set of similar circumstances can give rise to either a contingent liability or a provision,
or both, depending on the relevant facts and circumstances.
The recognition of provisions in relation to such matters involves critical accounting estimates and judgements in
accordance with the relevant accounting policies applicable to Note 12, Provisions. We have not disclosed an estimate of the
potential financial impact or effect on the Group of contingent liabilities where it is not currently practicable to do so. Various
matters detailed in this note seek damages of an unspecified amount. While certain matters specify the damages claimed,
such claimed amounts do not necessarily reflect the Group’s potential financial exposure in respect of those matters.
Matters are ordered under headings corresponding to the financial statements in which they are disclosed.
1.Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC
Civil actions related to LIBOR and other benchmarks
Various individuals and corporates in a range of jurisdictions have threatened or brought civil actions against the Group and
other banks in relation to the alleged manipulation of LIBOR and/or other benchmarks.
US civil actions related to LIBOR
Multiple civil actions have been filed in the US against the Group and other banks alleging manipulation of USD LIBOR,
Sterling LIBOR and the LIBOR benchmark that was administered by the Intercontinental Exchange Inc. and certain of its
affiliates (ICE LIBOR).
With respect to USD LIBOR, one action alleging that Barclays Bank PLC, Barclays Capital Inc. (BCI) and other financial
institutions individually and collectively violated provisions of the US Sherman Antitrust Act (Sherman Act), the US
Commodity Exchange Act, the US Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (RICO), the US Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 and various state laws by manipulating USD LIBOR rates remains, seeking unspecified damages. In 2025, the US
federal district court in the Southern District of New York (SDNY) granted the defendants' motion for summary judgment
and dismissed the remaining USD LIBOR litigations, including the action against the Group. The plaintiffs are appealing the
decision.
Barclays PLC | 83 | |
Financial Statement Notes |
Non-US benchmarks civil actions
Proceedings are ongoing in Spain and Italy relating to alleged manipulation of LIBOR and EURIBOR.
Foreign exchange civil actions
Legal proceedings have been brought or are threatened against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and Barclays Execution
Services Limited (BX) in connection with alleged manipulation of foreign exchange in the UK, the Netherlands, Israel and
Brazil. In Israel, a settlement in principle has been agreed subject to court approval. The settlement is not material to the
Group's operating results, cash flows or financial position.
The above-mentioned proceedings include a class action filed against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, BX, BCI and other
financial institutions in the UK Competition Appeal Tribunal (CAT) in 2019. The CAT refused to certify the claim in 2022. In
2025, the UK Supreme Court issued a judgment in the defendants' favour, establishing that this claim cannot be brought as
an opt-out class action. The case has been remitted to the CAT for a hearing in July 2026 to determine the defendants'
application to dismiss the claim and the claimant's application for further time to bring an opt-in claim.
Metals-related civil actions
A US civil complaint alleging manipulation of the price of silver in violation of the US Commodity Exchange Act, the Sherman
Act and state antitrust and consumer protection laws was brought by a proposed class of plaintiffs against a number of
banks, including Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and BX. The complaint, which is filed in the SDNY, was dismissed against the
Barclays entities and certain other defendants in 2018, and against the remaining defendants in 2023. The plaintiffs have
appealed the dismissal of the complaint against all defendants.
Civil actions have also been filed in Canadian courts against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, Barclays Capital Canada Inc.
and BCI on behalf of proposed classes of plaintiffs alleging manipulation of gold and silver prices. The Barclays entities have
reached a settlement which will require court approval. The settlement is not material to the Group's operating results, cash
flows or financial position.
US residential mortgage-related civil action
There remains one US Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities (RMBS) related civil action arising from unresolved
repurchase requests submitted by Trustees for certain RMBS, alleging breaches of various loan-level representations and
warranties made by Barclays Bank PLC and/or a subsidiary acquired in 2007. Barclays’ motion to dismiss the action was
denied in 2023. The parties appealed the decision and in January 2025, the appellate court reversed the lower court’s
decision and dismissed the action. The plaintiff's request for review by the New York State Court of Appeals was denied in
May 2026, concluding the matter.
Government and agency securities civil actions
Treasury auction securities civil actions
A consolidated purported class action filed in US federal court against Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and other financial institutions
under the Sherman Act and state common law was dismissed, which was affirmed on appeal. The plaintiffs did not seek US
Supreme Court review, concluding the matter.
Certain plaintiffs have filed a direct action against BCI and certain other financial institutions, alleging that defendants
conspired to fix and manipulate the US Treasury securities market in violation of the Sherman Act, the US Commodity
Exchange Act and state common law. This action remains stayed.
Variable Rate Demand Obligations civil actions
Civil actions have been filed against Barclays Bank PLC and BCI and other financial institutions alleging the defendants
conspired or colluded to artificially inflate interest rates set for Variable Rate Demand Obligations (VRDOs). VRDOs are
municipal bonds with interest rates that reset on a periodic basis, most commonly weekly. An action in state court has been
filed by private plaintiffs on behalf of the state of California. A settlement in principle has been agreed in that action, subject
to court approval. This settlement is not material to the Group's operating results, cash flows or financial position. In
addition, three purported class action complaints have been consolidated in the SDNY. In the consolidated SDNY class
action, certain of the plaintiffs’ claims were dismissed in 2020 and 2022 and the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification was
granted in 2023, which means the case may proceed as a class action.
Barclays PLC | 84 | |
Financial Statement Notes |
Credit Default Swap civil action
A purported antitrust class action is pending in New Mexico federal court against Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and various other
financial institutions. The plaintiffs, the New Mexico State Investment Council and certain New Mexico pension funds, allege
that the defendants conspired to manipulate the benchmark price used to value Credit Default Swap (CDS) contracts at
settlement (i.e. the CDS final auction price). The plaintiffs allege violations of US antitrust laws and the US Commodity
Exchange Act, and unjust enrichment under state law. The defendants’ motion to dismiss was denied in 2023. In 2024, the
SDNY ruled that settlement in an earlier CDS antitrust litigation bars these plaintiffs from asserting claims based on conduct
occurring before 30 June 2014. The plaintiffs appealed to the Second Circuit and the appeal was denied in 2025. The case
has returned to New Mexico federal court and the defendants have filed a motion for judgment on the pleadings.
Interest rate swap and credit default swap US civil actions
Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and BCI, together with other financial institutions that act as market makers for interest rate
swaps (IRS), are named as defendants in several antitrust actions brought by certain swap execution facilities, which are
pending in the SDNY. The complaints allege the defendants conspired to prevent the development of exchanges for IRS and
demand unspecified money damages.
BDC Finance L.L.C.
In 2008, BDC Finance L.L.C. (BDC) filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, demanding damages of
$298 m, alleging that Barclays Bank PLC had breached a contract in connection with a portfolio of total return swaps
governed by an ISDA Master Agreement. Following a trial, the court ruled in 2018 that Barclays Bank PLC was not a
defaulting party, which was affirmed on appeal. Barclays Bank PLC filed a counterclaim against BDC for damages, legal fees,
expenses and interest. A trial on damages took place in June 2026 and proceedings are ongoing.
Civil actions in respect of the US Anti-Terrorism Act
Since 2014, eight civil actions, on behalf of more than 4,000 plaintiffs, were filed in US federal courts in the US District Court
in the Eastern District of New York (EDNY) and SDNY against Barclays Bank PLC and a number of other banks. The
complaints generally allege that Barclays Bank PLC and those banks engaged in a conspiracy to facilitate US dollar-
denominated transactions for the Iranian government and various Iranian banks, which in turn funded acts of terrorism that
injured or killed the plaintiffs or the plaintiffs’ family members. The plaintiffs seek to recover damages for pain, suffering and
mental anguish under the US Anti-Terrorism Act, which allows for the trebling of any proven damages.
The court granted the defendants’ motions to dismiss three out of the six actions in the EDNY. The plaintiffs appealed in one
action and the dismissal was affirmed, and judgment was entered, in 2023. The plaintiffs’ motion to vacate the judgment
was denied in 2025. The other two dismissed actions in the EDNY were consolidated into one action. The plaintiffs in that
action, and in one other action in the EDNY, filed amended complaints. The defendants' motion to dismiss the consolidated
action was granted as to all claims against Barclays and the other defendant banks except for one bank, which is seeking
reconsideration. The other actions in the EDNY are currently stayed. Out of the two actions in the SDNY, the court granted
the defendants’ motion to dismiss the first action. That action is stayed, and the second SDNY action is stayed pending any
appeal on the dismissal of the first.
Shareholder derivative action
In 2020, a purported Barclays shareholder filed a purported derivative action in New York state court against BCI and a
number of current and former members of the Board of Directors of Barclays PLC and senior executives or employees of the
Group. The shareholder plaintiff filed the claim on behalf of nominal defendant Barclays PLC, alleging that the individual
defendants harmed the company through breaches of their duties, including under the Companies Act 2006. The plaintiff
sought damages on behalf of Barclays PLC for the losses that Barclays PLC allegedly suffered as a result of these alleged
breaches. An amended complaint was filed in 2021, which BCI and certain other defendants moved to dismiss. The motion
to dismiss was granted in 2022. The plaintiff appealed the decision, and the dismissal was unanimously affirmed in 2023 by
the First Judicial Department in New York. The plaintiff appealed the First Judicial Department’s decision to the New York
Court of Appeals. The dismissal was affirmed by the New York Court of Appeals in May 2025, concluding the matter. In
November 2025, the same plaintiff filed a new complaint in New York state court against the same defendants. In February
2026, the plaintiff voluntarily dismissed the new complaint. The dismissal received court approval in March 2026, concluding
the matter.
Motor finance commission arrangements
From 2003 to late 2019, Barclays, through Clydesdale Financial Services Limited (CFSL), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Group, provided motor finance to customers in the UK. In 2020, CFSL was transferred from Barclays Bank PLC to Barclays
Barclays PLC | 85 | |
Financial Statement Notes |
Principal Investments Ltd (BPIL), another subsidiary of Barclays PLC. Barclays Bank PLC has provided an intragroup
indemnity to BPIL in respect of historical litigation and conduct matters relating to CFSL.
In January 2024, the FCA appointed a skilled person to review the historical use of discretionary commission arrangements
and sales in the UK motor finance market. In October 2025, the FCA consulted on an industry-wide redress scheme for
eligible motor finance customers where a commission was payable by the lender to the broker, and Barclays engaged with
the FCA as part of this process. In March 2026, the FCA published its final rules for such scheme.
Barclays increased its provision in Q1 26 by £105 m to reflect the expected financial impact of the redress scheme. The
increase in provision was primarily driven by moving from a multi-scenario approach to a single scenario based on the FCA's
final rules and higher compensatory interest. There has been no further increase in Q2 26 and the provision in respect of this
matter is £430 m as at 30 June 2026 (as at 31 December 2025: £325 m). The provision as at 30 June 2026 reflects Barclays'
estimate of cases in scope of the FCA redress scheme, the anticipated level of customer redress under the FCA's
methodology (including compensatory interest at a minimum of 3 % per annum), the estimated customer response rate
(with reference to prior remediation exercises across the Group), and implementation costs. The ultimate financial impact
could differ from the current estimate due to factors such as customer response rates and average cost of redress.
Barclays decided not to challenge the FCA's final rules in the interests of enabling a swift resolution for customers. However,
Barclays strongly disagrees with aspects of the rules which require financial redress even where customers suffered no
demonstrable financial harm. On 2 July 2026, the Upper Tribunal ordered a suspension of parts of the redress scheme
following four legal challenges to the FCA's final rules. Such challenges will delay and may otherwise affect the
implementation of the redress scheme. The legal and regulatory outcomes and the nature, extent and timing of any
remediation action, therefore remain uncertain. Barclays has not incorporated the potential impact of any legal challenge
into the provision estimate.
Over-issuance of securities in the US
In 2022, executive management became aware that Barclays Bank PLC had issued securities materially in excess of the set
amount under its US shelf registration statements.
In 2023, holders of VXX ETNs brought a purported class action in the SDNY against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, and
former and current executives and board members in the US alleging, among other things, that Barclays’ failure to disclose
that these ETNs were unregistered securities misled investors and that, as a result, Barclays is liable for the holders’ alleged
losses following the suspension of further sales and issuances of the ETNs. The plaintiffs were granted leave to amend and
filed a new complaint in March 2024. Barclays’ motion to dismiss was granted in March 2025. The plaintiffs’ motion for
reconsideration was denied in June 2025. The plaintiffs appealed the decision, and in March 2026, the Second Circuit
affirmed the dismissal, thereby concluding the matter.
In 2024, a purported class action was filed in the SDNY against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and former and current
executives. The plaintiff purports to bring claims on behalf of a class of short sellers, alleging that their short positions
suffered substantial losses when Barclays suspended new issuances and sales of VXX ETNs as a result of the over-issuance
of securities. Barclays’ motion to dismiss was granted in March 2025. The plaintiff appealed the decision granting Barclays'
motion to dismiss and, in December 2025, the Second Circuit affirmed the dismissal, thereby concluding the matter.
ABS related civil action
In February 2026, certain institutional investors filed a civil action in the SDNY against Barclays Bank PLC, BCI, and other
financial institutions in connection with the collapse of a US-based subprime auto lender, Tricolor Auto Acceptance, LLC.
The plaintiffs, who hold notes issued by the auto lender's securitisation trusts, allege that the banks (acting as warehouse
lenders and initial purchasers in the securitisations) either knew of, or were willfully blind to, red flags of the auto lender's
alleged fraud. The plaintiffs seek damages for alleged securities fraud in connection with the alleged losses on their
associated notes, and also assert fraudulent transfer claims against the lenders. The defendants' motion to dismiss the action
was granted in June 2026. The plaintiffs may appeal.
2.Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Bank UK PLC
HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC) assessments concerning UK Value Added Tax
In 2018, HMRC issued notices that have the effect of either removing certain Barclays overseas subsidiaries that have
operations in the UK from Barclays’ UK VAT group or preventing them from joining it. Supplies between members of a UK
VAT group are generally free from VAT. The notices had both retrospective and prospective effect. Barclays appealed
HMRC's decisions to the First-Tier Tribunal (Tax Chamber) in relation to both the retrospective VAT assessments and the
ongoing VAT payments made since 2018. £181 m of VAT (inclusive of interest) was assessed retrospectively by HMRC
covering the periods 2014 to 2018, of which approximately £128 m is expected to be attributed to Barclays Bank UK PLC and
Barclays PLC | 86 | |
Financial Statement Notes |
£53 m to Barclays Bank PLC. This retrospectively assessed VAT was paid in 2018 and an asset, adjusted to reflect expected
eventual recovery, is recognised. Since 2018 Barclays has paid, and recognised as an expense, VAT on intra-group supplies
from the relevant subsidiaries to the members of the VAT group. In 2024, the court upheld HMRC’s denial of VAT grouping
relating to one of the overseas subsidiaries. Barclays appealed this decision to the Upper Tribunal, which upheld HMRC's
denial of VAT grouping in June 2026. Barclays has not sought to appeal this decision, but has other appeals filed in the Tax
Chamber, both for this subsidiary and other overseas subsidiaries.
UK bank levy
In November 2024, HMRC updated its published guidance on the treatment of beneficiary accounts for the purposes of the
exclusion of protected deposits from the UK bank levy charge. HMRC’s interpretation of the UK bank levy legislation differs
from Barclays’ interpretation of the legislation, which has been applied in Barclays’ UK bank levy returns and which Barclays
continues to consider is correct. In December 2024, HMRC wrote to notify Barclays of its intention to challenge this
treatment. Engagement with HMRC continues, and HMRC has not issued formal assessments.
3. Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Bank Ireland PLC
Potential indemnity claim relating to the sale of Barclays Consumer Bank Europe
In January 2025, Barclays Bank Ireland PLC completed the sale of certain assets and liabilities, specifically the Consumer Bank
Europe, its German consumer finance business, to BAWAG P.S.K., a wholly-owned subsidiary of BAWAG Group AG
(BAWAG). As part of the transaction, Barclays Bank Ireland PLC provided BAWAG with a capped indemnity in relation to
transfer taxes on certain assets. Discussions with the relevant taxation authority remain at an early stage and no formal
assessment has been issued.
4. Barclays PLC
Civil action in respect of statements concerning Barclays' former CEO
In 2023, a purported class action was filed in federal court in California against Barclays PLC and a number of current and
former senior executives of Barclays PLC. It was amended in 2024 to assert US securities law claims against Barclays PLC and
individual defendants, and a UK securities law claim against Barclays PLC. The complaint seeks to hold the defendants
responsible for declines in the price of Barclays PLC’s American depositary receipts and Barclays PLC's ordinary shares, which
the plaintiffs claim occurred as a result of alleged misstatements and omissions in Barclays’ public disclosures relating to its
former CEO’s relationship with Jeffrey Epstein. Barclays PLC and an individual defendant's motion to dismiss was granted in
part and denied in part in June 2025, while another individual defendant's motion to dismiss was denied. The defendants
moved for reconsideration or, alternatively, leave to appeal, which is pending before the court. The plaintiffs filed a second
amended complaint in July 2025, repleading the UK securities law claim against Barclays PLC and which Barclays PLC has
moved to dismiss.
General
The Group is engaged in various other legal, competition and regulatory matters in the UK, the US and a number of other
overseas jurisdictions. It is subject to legal proceedings brought by and against the Group which arise in the ordinary course
of business from time to time, including (but not limited to) disputes in relation to contracts, securities, guarantees, debt
collection, consumer credit, fraud, trusts, client assets, competition, data management and protection, intellectual property,
money laundering, financial crime, employment, environmental and other statutory and common law issues.
The Group is also subject to enquiries and examinations, requests for information, audits, investigations and legal and other
proceedings by regulators, governmental and other public bodies in connection with (but not limited to) consumer
protection measures, the effectiveness of systems and controls, measures to combat money laundering and financial crime,
compliance with legislation and regulation, wholesale trading activity and other areas of banking and business activities in
which the Group is or has been engaged. The Group is cooperating with the relevant authorities and keeping all relevant
agencies briefed as appropriate in relation to these matters and others described in this note on an ongoing basis.
At the present time, Barclays PLC does not expect the ultimate resolution of any of these other matters to have a material
adverse effect on the Group’s financial position. However, in light of the uncertainties involved in such matters and the
matters specifically described in this note, there can be no assurance that the outcome of a particular matter or matters
(including formerly active matters or those matters arising after the date of this note) will not be material to Barclays PLC’s
results, operations or cash flows for a particular period, depending on, among other things, the amount of the loss resulting
Barclays PLC | 87 | |
Financial Statement Notes |
17.Related party transactions
Related party transactions in the half year ended 30 June 2026 were similar in nature to those disclosed in the Barclays PLC
Annual Report 2025. No related party transactions that have taken place in the half year ended 30 June 2026 have materially
affected the financial position or the performance of the Group during this period, and there have been no changes to the
related party transactions described in the Barclays Annual Report 2025 that have materially affected the financial position or
18.Assets and liabilities included in disposal group classified as held for sale
The assets and liabilities classified as held for sale as at 30 June 2026 were £nil .
Comparative balances have been accounted for in line with the requirements of IFRS 5 and relate to the sale of the AA
portfolio within USCB. On 24 April 2026, Barclays exited its AA co-branded credit card partnership, generating a gain on sale
of c.£225 m.
As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.12.25 | |
Assets included in disposal groups classified as held for sale | £m | £m |
Loans and advances to customers | ||
Intangible assets | ||
Other assets | ||
Total assets classified as held for sale | ||
Net assets classified as held for sale |
Barclays PLC | 88 | |
Appendix: Non-IFRS Performance Measures |
The Group’s management believes that the non-IFRS performance measures included in this document provide valuable
information to the readers of the financial statements, as they enable the reader to identify a more consistent basis for
comparing the businesses’ performance between financial periods, and provide more detail concerning the elements of
performance which the managers of these businesses are most directly able to influence or are relevant for an assessment of
the Group. They also reflect an important aspect of the way in which operating targets are defined and performance is
monitored by management.
However, any non-IFRS performance measures in this document are not a substitute for IFRS measures and readers should
consider the IFRS measures as well.
Returns
Half year ended 30.06.26 | |||||||
Barclays UK | Barclays UK Corporate Bank | Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management | Barclays Investment Bank | Barclays US Consumer Bank | Head Office | Barclays Group | |
Return on average tangible equity | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Attributable profit/(loss) | 1,214 | 388 | 148 | 2,315 | 429 | (303) | 4,191 |
£bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |
Average equity | 16.1 | 3.8 | 1.2 | 29.9 | 4.2 | 9.9 | 65.1 |
Average goodwill and intangibles | (4.0) | — | (0.1) | — | (0.7) | (3.6) | (8.5) |
Average tangible equity | 12.1 | 3.8 | 1.1 | 29.9 | 3.5 | 6.3 | 56.7 |
Return on average tangible equity | 20.1% | 20.6% | 26.1% | 15.5% | 24.2% | n/m | 14.8% |
Half year ended 30.06.25 | |||||||
Barclays UK | Barclays UK Corporate Bank | Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management | Barclays Investment Bank | Barclays US Consumer Bank | Head Office | Barclays Group | |
Return on average tangible equity | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Attributable profit/(loss) | 1,090 | 284 | 184 | 2,075 | 128 | (238) | 3,523 |
£bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |
Average equity | 15.7 | 3.4 | 1.2 | 29.2 | 4.1 | 8.2 | 61.8 |
Average goodwill and intangibles | (4.0) | — | (0.1) | — | (0.6) | (3.6) | (8.3) |
Average tangible equity | 11.7 | 3.4 | 1.1 | 29.2 | 3.5 | 4.6 | 53.5 |
Return on average tangible equity | 18.6% | 16.8% | 33.2% | 14.2% | 7.3% | n/m | 13.2% |
Barclays PLC | 89 | |
Appendix: Non-IFRS Performance Measures |
Barclays Group | ||||||||||
Return on average tangible shareholders' equity | Q226 | Q126 | Q425 | Q325 | Q225 | Q125 | Q424 | Q324 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||
Attributable profit | 2,259 | 1,932 | 1,195 | 1,457 | 1,659 | 1,864 | 965 | 1,564 | ||
£bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |||
Average shareholders' equity | 64.8 | 65.5 | 64.8 | 63.3 | 62.1 | 61.4 | 59.7 | 59.1 | ||
Average goodwill and intangibles | (8.7) | (8.3) | (8.3) | (8.2) | (8.2) | (8.3) | (8.2) | (8.1) | ||
Average tangible shareholders' equity | 56.1 | 57.2 | 56.5 | 55.1 | 53.9 | 53.1 | 51.5 | 51.0 | ||
Return on average tangible shareholders' equity | 16.1% | 13.5% | 8.5% | 10.6% | 12.3% | 14.0% | 7.5% | 12.3% |
Barclays UK | ||||||||||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | Q226 | Q126 | Q425 | Q325 | Q225 | Q125 | Q424 | Q324 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||
Attributable profit | 623 | 591 | 706 | 647 | 580 | 510 | 781 | 621 | ||
£bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |||
Average allocated equity | 16.2 | 15.9 | 15.9 | 15.9 | 15.8 | 15.7 | 15.1 | 14.5 | ||
Average goodwill and intangibles | (4.0) | (3.9) | (4.0) | (4.0) | (4.0) | (4.0) | (3.9) | (3.9) | ||
Average allocated tangible equity | 12.2 | 12.0 | 11.9 | 11.9 | 11.8 | 11.7 | 11.2 | 10.6 | ||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 20.4% | 19.7% | 23.8% | 21.8% | 19.7% | 17.4% | 28.0% | 23.4% | ||
Barclays UK Corporate Bank | ||||||||||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | Q226 | Q126 | Q425 | Q325 | Q225 | Q125 | Q424 | Q324 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||
Attributable profit | 201 | 187 | 168 | 196 | 142 | 142 | 98 | 144 | ||
£bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |||
Average allocated equity | 3.8 | 3.8 | 3.5 | 3.4 | 3.4 | 3.3 | 3.2 | 3.1 | ||
Average goodwill and intangibles | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||
Average allocated tangible equity | 3.8 | 3.8 | 3.5 | 3.4 | 3.4 | 3.3 | 3.2 | 3.1 | ||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 21.3% | 19.9% | 19.1% | 22.8% | 16.6% | 17.1% | 12.3% | 18.8% |
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management | ||||||||||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | Q226 | Q126 | Q425 | Q325 | Q225 | Q125 | Q424 | Q324 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||
Attributable profit | 75 | 73 | 35 | 72 | 88 | 96 | 63 | 74 | ||
£bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |||
Average allocated equity | 1.2 | 1.2 | 1.2 | 1.2 | 1.2 | 1.2 | 1.2 | 1.1 | ||
Average goodwill and intangibles | (0.1) | (0.1) | (0.1) | (0.1) | (0.1) | (0.1) | (0.1) | (0.1) | ||
Average allocated tangible equity | 1.1 | 1.1 | 1.1 | 1.1 | 1.1 | 1.1 | 1.1 | 1.0 | ||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 26.9% | 25.5% | 12.6% | 26.4% | 31.9% | 34.5% | 23.9% | 29.0% |
Barclays PLC | 90 | |
Appendix: Non-IFRS Performance Measures |
Barclays Investment Bank | ||||||||||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | Q226 | Q126 | Q425 | Q325 | Q225 | Q125 | Q424 | Q324 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||
Attributable profit | 1,204 | 1,111 | 294 | 723 | 876 | 1,199 | 247 | 652 | ||
£bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |||
Average allocated equity | 30.0 | 29.7 | 29.6 | 28.6 | 28.7 | 29.6 | 29.3 | 29.5 | ||
Average goodwill and intangibles | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||
Average allocated tangible equity | 30.0 | 29.7 | 29.6 | 28.6 | 28.7 | 29.6 | 29.3 | 29.5 | ||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 16.0% | 15.0% | 4.0% | 10.1% | 12.2% | 16.2% | 3.4% | 8.8% | ||
Barclays US Consumer Bank | ||||||||||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | Q226 | Q126 | Q425 | Q325 | Q225 | Q125 | Q424 | Q324 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||
Attributable profit | 253 | 176 | 144 | 118 | 87 | 41 | 94 | 89 | ||
£bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |||
Average allocated equity | 4.1 | 4.3 | 4.2 | 4.0 | 4.0 | 4.2 | 4.0 | 3.8 | ||
Average goodwill and intangibles | (0.8) | (0.5) | (0.6) | (0.5) | (0.6) | (0.6) | (0.6) | (0.5) | ||
Average allocated tangible equity | 3.3 | 3.8 | 3.6 | 3.5 | 3.4 | 3.6 | 3.4 | 3.3 | ||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 30.2% | 18.8% | 15.8% | 13.5% | 10.2% | 4.5% | 11.2% | 10.9% | ||
Reconciliation of total operating expenses to group operating costs
Half year ended 30.06.26 | Half year ended 30.06.25 | |
£m | £m | |
Total operating expenses | (9,065) | (8,590) |
UK regulatory levies | (84) | (96) |
Litigation and conduct | (108) | (87) |
Group operating costs | (8,873) | (8,407) |
Reconciliation of group net interest income excluding IB and Head Office | Three months ended 30.06.2026 | Three months ended 30.06.2025 |
£m | £m | |
Total Barclays Group net interest income | 3,921 | 3,505 |
Barclays Investment Bank | 411 | 334 |
Head Office | 149 | 114 |
Group NII excluding IB and Head Office | 3,361 | 3,057 |
Reconciliation of group net interest income excluding IB and Head Office | Half year ended 30.06.26 | Half year ended 30.06.25 |
£m | £m | |
Total Barclays Group net interest income | 7,658 | 7,022 |
Barclays Investment Bank | 794 | 631 |
Head Office | 96 | 288 |
Group NII excluding IB and Head Office | 6,768 | 6,103 |
Barclays PLC | 91 | |
Appendix: Non-IFRS Performance Measures |
Tangible net asset value per share | As at 30.06.26 | As at 31.12.25 | As at 30.06.25 |
£m | £m | £m | |
Total equity excluding non-controlling interests | 79,358 | 77,784 | 75,906 |
Other equity instruments | (13,275) | (12,725) | (13,266) |
Shareholders' equity attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent | 66,083 | 65,059 | 62,640 |
Goodwill and intangibles | (8,912) | (8,284) | (8,186) |
Tangible shareholders' equity attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent | 57,171 | 56,775 | 54,454 |
m | m | m | |
Shares in issue | 13,507 | 13,867 | 14,180 |
p | p | p | |
Net asset value per share | 489 | 469 | 442 |
Tangible net asset value per share | 423 | 409 | 384 |
Profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent | H126 | H125 | Q226 | Q126 | Q425 | Q325 | Q225 | Q125 | Q424 | Q324 | |||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||||
Barclays UK | 1,214 | 1,090 | 623 | 591 | 706 | 647 | 580 | 510 | 781 | 621 | |||
Barclays UK Corporate Bank | 388 | 284 | 201 | 187 | 168 | 196 | 142 | 142 | 98 | 144 | |||
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management | 148 | 184 | 75 | 73 | 35 | 72 | 88 | 96 | 63 | 74 | |||
Barclays Investment Bank | 2,315 | 2,075 | 1,204 | 1,111 | 294 | 723 | 876 | 1,199 | 247 | 652 | |||
Barclays US Consumer Bank | 429 | 128 | 253 | 176 | 144 | 118 | 87 | 41 | 94 | 89 | |||
Head Office | (303) | (238) | (97) | (206) | (152) | (299) | (114) | (124) | (318) | (16) | |||
Barclays Group | 4,191 | 3,523 | 2,259 | 1,932 | 1,195 | 1,457 | 1,659 | 1,864 | 965 | 1,564 | |||
Average equity | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |||
Barclays UK | 16.1 | 15.7 | 16.2 | 15.9 | 15.9 | 15.9 | 15.8 | 15.7 | 15.1 | 14.5 | |||
Barclays UK Corporate Bank | 3.8 | 3.4 | 3.8 | 3.8 | 3.5 | 3.4 | 3.4 | 3.3 | 3.2 | 3.1 | |||
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management | 1.2 | 1.2 | 1.2 | 1.2 | 1.2 | 1.2 | 1.2 | 1.2 | 1.2 | 1.1 | |||
Barclays Investment Bank | 29.9 | 29.2 | 30.0 | 29.7 | 29.6 | 28.6 | 28.7 | 29.6 | 29.3 | 29.5 | |||
Barclays US Consumer Bank | 4.2 | 4.1 | 4.1 | 4.3 | 4.2 | 4.0 | 4.0 | 4.2 | 4.0 | 3.8 | |||
Head Office | 9.9 | 8.2 | 9.5 | 10.6 | 10.4 | 10.2 | 9.0 | 7.4 | 6.9 | 7.1 | |||
Barclays Group | 65.1 | 61.8 | 64.8 | 65.5 | 64.8 | 63.3 | 62.1 | 61.4 | 59.7 | 59.1 | |||
Return on average equity | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | |||
Return on average allocated equity: | |||||||||||||
Barclays UK | 15.1 | 13.9 | 15.4 | 14.8 | 17.8 | 16.3 | 14.8 | 13.0 | 20.7 | 17.1 | |||
Barclays UK Corporate Bank | 20.6 | 16.8 | 21.3 | 19.9 | 19.1 | 22.8 | 16.6 | 17.1 | 12.3 | 18.8 | |||
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management | 24.1 | 30.6 | 24.8 | 23.5 | 11.6 | 24.3 | 29.3 | 31.8 | 21.9 | 26.5 | |||
Barclays Investment Bank | 15.5 | 14.2 | 16.0 | 15.0 | 4.0 | 10.1 | 12.2 | 16.2 | 3.4 | 8.8 | |||
Barclays US Consumer Bank | 20.5 | 6.3 | 24.7 | 16.5 | 13.8 | 11.7 | 8.8 | 3.9 | 9.5 | 9.3 | |||
Head Office | n/m | n/m | n/m | n/m | n/m | n/m | n/m | n/m | n/m | n/m | |||
Return on average shareholders' equity: | |||||||||||||
Barclays Group | 12.9 | 11.4 | 14.0 | 11.8 | 7.4 | 9.2 | 10.7 | 12.1 | 6.5 | 10.6 |
Barclays PLC | 92 | |
Appendix: Loan Loss Rate Calculations |
Loan loss rates
Half year ended 30.06.26 | |||||||
Barclays UK | Barclays UK Corporate Bank | Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management | Barclays Investment Bank | Barclays US Consumer Bank | Head Office | Barclays Group | |
Loan loss rate | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Credit impairment (charges)/ releases | (338) | (19) | (3) | (323) | (713) | 2 | (1,394) |
£bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |
Gross loans and advances held at amortised cost (including portfolios reclassified as held for sale)1 | 239.8 | 31.4 | 15.1 | 137.2 | 25.0 | 1.9 | 450.4 |
Loan loss rate (bps) | 28 | 12 | 4 | 47 | 575 | n/m | 62 |
Half year ended 30.06.25 | |||||||
Barclays UK | Barclays UK Corporate Bank | Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management | Barclays Investment Bank | Barclays US Consumer Bank | Head Office | Barclays Group | |
Loan loss rate | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Credit impairment (charges)/ releases | (237) | (31) | 11 | (139) | (711) | (5) | (1,112) |
£bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |
Gross loans and advances held at amortised cost (including portfolios reclassified as held for sale)1 | 228.5 | 28.2 | 14.8 | 126.8 | 27.4 | 2.7 | 428.4 |
Loan loss rate (bps) | 21 | 22 | (15) | 22 | 523 | n/m | 52 |
1 Includes gross loans and advances to customers and banks, in addition to debt securities.
Barclays PLC | 93 | |
Appendix: Loan Loss Rate Calculations |
Barclays Group | ||||||||||
Loan loss rate | Q226 | Q126 | Q425 | Q325 | Q225 | Q125 | Q424 | Q324 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||
Credit impairment charges | (571) | (823) | (535) | (632) | (469) | (643) | (711) | (374) | ||
£bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |||
Gross loans and advances held at amortised cost (including portfolios reclassified as held for sale) | 450.4 | 449.9 | 441.3 | 437.5 | 428.4 | 430.4 | 429.6 | 408.3 | ||
Loan loss rate (bps) | 51 | 74 | 48 | 57 | 44 | 61 | 66 | 37 | ||
Barclays UK | ||||||||||
Loan loss rate | Q226 | Q126 | Q425 | Q325 | Q225 | Q125 | Q424 | Q324 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||
Credit impairment charges | (160) | (178) | (74) | (102) | (79) | (158) | (283) | (16) | ||
£bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |||
Gross loans and advances held at amortised cost (including portfolios reclassified as held for sale) | 239.8 | 233.6 | 231.9 | 230.9 | 228.5 | 227.5 | 227.5 | 218.4 | ||
Loan loss rate (bps) | 27 | 31 | 13 | 18 | 14 | 28 | 49 | 3 | ||
Barclays UK Corporate Bank | ||||||||||
Loan loss rate | Q226 | Q126 | Q425 | Q325 | Q225 | Q125 | Q424 | Q324 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||
Credit impairment charges | (16) | (3) | (1) | (5) | (12) | (19) | (40) | (13) | ||
£bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |||
Gross loans and advances held at amortised cost (including portfolios reclassified as held for sale) | 31.4 | 31.0 | 30.2 | 29.2 | 28.2 | 27.0 | 25.8 | 25.2 | ||
Loan loss rate (bps) | 20 | 4 | 1 | 7 | 17 | 28 | 62 | 21 | ||
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management | ||||||||||
Loan loss rate | Q226 | Q126 | Q425 | Q325 | Q225 | Q125 | Q424 | Q324 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||
Credit impairment (charges)/releases | (5) | 2 | (2) | (1) | 2 | 9 | (2) | (7) | ||
£bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |||
Gross loans and advances held at amortised cost (including portfolios reclassified as held for sale) | 15.1 | 15.1 | 15.1 | 15.2 | 14.8 | 14.8 | 14.7 | 14.3 | ||
Loan loss rate (bps) | 13 | (6) | 5 | 3 | (5) | (25) | 5 | 19 | ||
Barclays PLC | 94 | |
Appendix: Loan Loss Rate Calculations |
Barclays Investment Bank | ||||||||||
Loan loss rate | Q226 | Q126 | Q425 | Q325 | Q225 | Q125 | Q424 | Q324 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||
Credit impairment charges | (44) | (279) | (22) | (144) | (67) | (72) | (46) | (43) | ||
£bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |||
Gross loans and advances held at amortised cost (including portfolios reclassified as held for sale) | 137.2 | 137.4 | 131.0 | 129.8 | 126.8 | 129.6 | 124.9 | 116.5 | ||
Loan loss rate (bps) | 13 | 82 | 7 | 44 | 21 | 23 | 15 | 15 | ||
Barclays US Consumer Bank | ||||||||||
Loan loss rate | Q226 | Q126 | Q425 | Q325 | Q225 | Q125 | Q424 | Q324 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||
Credit impairment charges | (346) | (367) | (431) | (379) | (312) | (399) | (298) | (276) | ||
£bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |||
Gross loans and advances held at amortised cost (including portfolios reclassified as held for sale) | 25.0 | 30.3 | 30.6 | 29.8 | 27.4 | 28.9 | 30.0 | 26.7 | ||
Loan loss rate (bps) | 555 | 491 | 558 | 505 | 456 | 562 | 395 | 411 | ||
Barclays PLC | 95 | |
Appendix: Income Over Average RWAs Calculations |
Income over average RWAs
Barclays Investment Bank | Half year ended 30.06.26 | Half year ended 30.06.25 |
£m | £m | |
Income | 7,986 | 7,180 |
£bn | £bn | |
Average RWAs | 203.2 | 198.8 |
Income over average RWAs | 7.9% | 7.2% |
Barclays Investment Bank | Q226 | Q126 | Q425 | Q325 | Q225 | Q125 | Q424 | Q324 | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||
Income | 3,958 | 4,028 | 2,792 | 3,083 | 3,307 | 3,873 | 2,607 | 2,851 | ||
£bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | |||
Average RWAs | 204.5 | 202.0 | 202.1 | 194.9 | 196.1 | 201.4 | 199.9 | 201.8 | ||
Income over average RWAs | 7.7% | 8.0% | 5.5% | 6.3% | 6.7% | 7.7% | 5.2% | 5.7% |
Barclays PLC | 96 | |
Shareholder Information |
Results timetable1 | Date | ||||||
Ex-dividend date | 6 August 2026 | ||||||
Dividend record date | 7 August 2026 | ||||||
DRIP last election date | 24 August 2026 | ||||||
Dividend payment date | 15 September 2026 | ||||||
Q3 2026 Results Announcement | 22 October 2026 | ||||||
For qualifying ADR holders, the 2026 half year dividend of 5.9p per ordinary share becomes 23.6p per ADS (representing four shares). The ex-dividend date for ADR holders is 7 August 2026. The dividend record and dividend payment dates for ADR holders are as shown above. The dividend fee chargeable by the ADR depositary to ADR holders is 4.5% of gross dividend. | |||||||
A Dividend Re-Investment Plan (DRIP) is provided by Equiniti Financial Services Limited. The DRIP enables the Company’s shareholders to elect to have their cash dividend payments used to purchase the Company’s shares. More information can be found at shareview.co.uk/info/drip | |||||||
DRIP participants will usually receive their additional ordinary shares (in lieu of a cash dividend) three to four days after the dividend payment date. Qualifying ADR holders should contact Computershare Shareowner Services for further details regarding the DRIP. | |||||||
Barclays PLC ordinary shares ISIN code: GB0031348658 | |||||||
Barclays PLC ordinary shares TIDM Code: BARC | |||||||
% Change2 | |||||||
Exchange rates | 30.06.26 | 31.12.25 | 30.06.25 | 31.12.25 | 30.06.25 | ||
Period end - GBP/USD | 1.33 | 1.34 | 1.37 | (1)% | (3)% | ||
YTD average - GBP/USD | 1.35 | 1.32 | 1.30 | 2% | 4% | ||
3 month average - GBP/USD | 1.34 | 1.33 | 1.35 | 1% | —% | ||
Period end - GBP/EUR | 1.16 | 1.15 | 1.17 | 1% | (1)% | ||
YTD average - GBP/EUR | 1.15 | 1.17 | 1.19 | (2)% | (3)% | ||
3 month average - GBP/EUR | 1.16 | 1.14 | 1.18 | 2% | (2)% | ||
Share price data | |||||||
Barclays PLC (p) | 507 | 476 | 337 | ||||
Barclays PLC number of shares (m) | 13,507 | 13,867 | 14,180 | ||||
For further information please contact | |||||||
Investor relations | Media relations | ||||||
Marina Shchukina +44 (0) 20 7116 2526 | Tom Hoskin +44 (0) 20 7116 4755 | ||||||
More information on Barclays can be found on our website: home.barclays | |||||||
Registered office | |||||||
1 Churchill Place, London, E14 5HP, United Kingdom. Tel: +44 (0) 20 7116 1000. Company number: 48839. | |||||||
Registrar | |||||||
Equiniti, Highdown House, Yeoman Way, Worthing, West Sussex, BN99 6DA, United Kingdom. | |||||||
Tel +44 (0)371 384 2055 (UK and International telephone number)3. | |||||||
American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) | |||||||
Computershare Shareowner Services, P.O. Box 43304, Providence, RI 02940-3304, United States of America | |||||||
General Toll Free: +1-866-723-8257 | |||||||
General Direct: +1-781-575-2833 | |||||||
www.computershare.com/investor | |||||||
Delivery of ADR certificates and overnight mail | |||||||
Computershare Shareowner Services, 150 Royall Street, Suite 101, Canton, MA 02021-1054 | |||||||
1Note that these dates are provisional and subject to change.
2The change is the impact to GBP reported information.
3Lines open 8.30am to 5.30pm (UK time), Monday to Friday, excluding UK public holidays in England and Wales.
Barclays PLC | 97 | |
Glossary of terms |
‘Acceptances and endorsements’ Acceptances are an undertaking by a bank to pay a bill of exchange drawn on a customer,
for which reimbursement by the customer is normally immediate. Endorsements are to change the payee of a bill of
exchange but with no change to the bank’s liability.
‘Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital’ A type of capital as defined in CRR, largely comprising eligible non-common equity capital
securities and any related share premium.
‘Additional Tier 1 (AT1) securities’ Non-common equity securities that are eligible as AT1 capital.
‘Advanced Internal Ratings Based (A-IRB)’ See ‘Internal Ratings Based (IRB)’.
‘Agency Bonds’ Bonds issued by state and / or government agencies or government-sponsored entities.
‘Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities’ Mortgage-Backed Securities issued by government-sponsored entities.
‘All price risk (APR)’ An estimate of all the material market risks, including rating migration and default, for the correlation
trading portfolio.
‘American Depositary Receipts (ADR) or American Depositary Shares (ADS)’ A negotiable certificate that represents the
ownership of depositary shares in a non-US company (e.g. Barclays) trading on US financial markets.
‘Americas’ Geographic segment comprising the US, Canada and countries where Barclays operates within Latin America.
‘Annual Earnings at Risk (AEaR)’ A measure of the potential change in NII due to interest rate movement over a one-year
period.
‘Annualised cumulative weighted average lifetime PD’ The Probability of Default (PD) over the remaining life of the asset,
expressed as an annual rate, reflecting a range of possible economic scenarios.
‘Application scorecards’ Algorithm based decision-making tools used to aid business decisions and manage credit risk, based
on available customer data at the point of application for a product.
‘Arrears’ Customers are said to be in arrears when they are behind in fulfilling their obligations, with the result that an
outstanding loan is unpaid or overdue. Such customers are also said to be in a state of delinquency. When a customer is in
arrears, their entire outstanding balance is said to be delinquent, meaning that delinquent balances are the total outstanding
loans on which payments are overdue.
‘Asia’ Geographic segment comprising countries where Barclays operates within Asia and the Middle East.
‘Asset Backed Commercial Paper (ABCP)’ Typically short-term notes secured on specified assets issued by consolidated
special purpose entities for funding purposes.
‘Asset Backed Securities (ABS)’ Securities that represent an interest in an underlying pool of referenced assets. The
referenced pool can comprise any assets which attract a set of associated cash flows but are commonly pools of residential
or commercial mortgages and, in the case of a Collateralised Debt Obligation (CDO), the referenced pool may be ABS or other
classes of assets.
‘Asset swap spreads’ The difference between the yield of the bond and the fixed rate leg of the corresponding interest rate
swap. Primarily used to measure the credit risk associated with a bond.
‘Assets Under Management (AUM)’ Total market value of client investment balances managed within investment mandates
where Barclays provides discretionary portfolio management or advisory services. Total Assets Under Management excludes
uninvested cash held under an investment mandate and reported within deposits.
‘Assets Under Supervision (AUS)’ Total market value of client investment balances where Barclays provides custodian or
transactional services.
‘Attributable profit’ Profit after tax that is attributable to ordinary equity holders of Barclays adjusted for the after tax amounts
of capital securities classified as equity.
‘Average allocated tangible equity’ (for businesses) Calculated as the average of the previous month’s period end allocated
tangible equity and the current month’s period end allocated tangible equity. The average allocated tangible equity for the
period is the average of the monthly averages within that period.
‘Average tangible shareholders’ equity’ (for Barclays Group) Calculated as the average of the previous month’s period end
tangible shareholders’ equity and the current month’s period end tangible shareholders’ equity. The average tangible
shareholders’ equity for the period is the average of the monthly averages within that period.
‘Average tangible shareholders’ equity’ (for businesses) Calculated as the average of the previous month’s period end
allocated tangible equity and the current month’s period end allocated tangible equity. The average allocated tangible equity
for the period is the average of the monthly averages within that period.
Barclays PLC | 98 | |
Glossary of terms |
‘Average UK leverage ratio’ In accordance with the PRA Rulebook, calculated as the average capital measure based on the
last day of each month in the quarter divided by the average exposure measure for the quarter, where the average exposure
is based on each day in the quarter.
‘Back testing’ Includes a number of techniques that assess the continued statistical validity of a model by simulating how the
model would have predicted recent experience.
‘Balance weighted Loan to Value (LTV) ratio’ In the context of the credit risk disclosures on secured home loans, a means of
calculating marked to market (MTM) LTVs derived by calculating individual LTVs at account level, and weighting it by the
balances to arrive at the average position. Balance weighted LTV ratio is calculated using the following formula: LTV = ((loan
1 balance x MTM LTV% for loan 1) + (loan 2 balance x MTM LTV% for loan 2) + ...) / total outstanding balances in portfolio.
‘Bank of England (BoE)’ The central bank of the United Kingdom with devolved responsibility for managing monetary policy
and to oversee regulation of the UK’s financial sector. The BoE prudentially regulates and supervises certain financial services
firms through the PRA.
‘Bank of England levy scheme’ or ‘BoE levy scheme’ A levy scheme which commenced on 1 March 2024 replacing the Cash
Ratio Deposit scheme as a means of funding the BoE's monetary policy and financial stability operations.
‘Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (BRRD)’ The Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (Directive 2014/59/EU), which
established a framework for the recovery and resolution of EU credit institutions and investment firms.
‘Barclaycard Consumer UK’ One of three segments within Barclays UK comprising the UK Barclaycard business.
‘Barclays’ or ‘Barclays Group’ or ‘Group’ Barclays PLC, together with its subsidiaries.
‘Barclays Africa’ or ‘Absa’ or ‘Absa Group Limited’ Absa Group Limited (formerly Barclays Africa Group Limited), which was
previously a subsidiary of the Barclays Group. As a consequence of its disposals of shares in April 2022 and September 2022,
the Barclays Group has now exited its shareholding in Absa Group Limited.
‘Barclays Bank Group’ Barclays Bank PLC, together with its subsidiaries.
‘Barclays Bank Ireland’ or ‘Barclays Europe’ or ‘BBI’ Barclays Bank Ireland PLC.
‘Barclays Bank UK Group’ Barclays Bank UK PLC, together with its subsidiaries.
‘Barclays Execution Services’ or ‘BX’ or ‘Group Service Company’ Barclays Execution Services Limited, the Group-wide service
company providing technology, operations and functional services to businesses across the Barclays Group.
‘Barclays Investment Bank (IB)’ The Barclays Group’s investment bank which consists of origination led and returns focused
Global Markets and Investment Banking businesses.
‘Barclays Operating Businesses’ The core Barclays businesses, comprising Barclays UK (which consists of the Personal
Banking, Business Banking and the Barclaycard Consumer UK businesses), UKCB, PBWM, IB and USCB.
‘Barclays Payments Issuing’ Provides card-based payment solutions for both small businesses and large corporates, ranging
from simple expense management to sophisticated procurement and working capital solutions.
‘Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management (PBWM)’ This division serves UK and international private banking clients
providing a range of investment, banking and lending products alongside expert advice. It also serves UK wealth
management and UK digital investing clients offering a range of financial services.
‘Barclays UK’ This segment broadly represents businesses that sit within the UK ring-fenced bank entity, Barclays Bank UK
PLC, and comprises Personal Banking, Business Banking and Barclaycard Consumer UK.
‘Barclays US Consumer Bank (USCB)’ This is a co-branded credit card issuer and financial services partner in the United
States for travel, entertainment, retail and affinity institutions. It offers co-branded, small business and private label credit
cards, installment loans, online savings accounts and certificates of deposits.
‘Barclays UK Corporate Bank (UKCB)’ This division brings together lending, trade and working capital, liquidity, payments and
FX solutions for UK corporate clients with an annual turnover from £6.5 million and higher, excluding those clients that form
part of the FTSE 350, which are included within the IB.
‘Basel 3’ or ‘Basel III’ The third of the Basel Accords, setting minimum requirements and standards that apply to
internationally active banks. Basel 3 is a set of measures developed by BCBS aiming to strengthen the regulation, supervision
and risk management of banks.
‘Basel 3.1' This refers to the revision of BCBS standards to complete the BCBS' post global financial crisis reforms. Basel 3.1
introduces changes to how to calculate capital requirements for all risk types, for both standardised and internal model
approaches.
‘Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS)’ or ‘The Basel Committee’ A forum for regular cooperation on banking
supervisory matters which develops global supervisory standards for the banking industry. Its 45 members are officials from
central banks or prudential supervisors from 28 jurisdictions.
Barclays PLC | 99 | |
Glossary of terms |
‘Basic Indicator Approach (BIA)’ An approach used to quantify required capital for operational risk. Under the BIA, banks are
required to hold regulatory capital for operational risk equal to 15% of the annual average, calculated over a rolling three-year
period, of the relevant income indicator for the bank as whole.
‘Basis point(s)’ or ‘bp(s)’ One hundredth of a per cent (0.01%); 100 basis points is 1%. The measure is used for quoting
movements in interest rates, yields on securities and for other purposes.
‘Basis risk’ Index/tenor risk that arises when floating rate products are linked to different interest rate indices, which are
imperfectly correlated, especially under stressed market conditions.
‘Behavioural scorecards’ Algorithm-based decision tools used to aid business decisions and manage credit risk based on
existing customer data derived from account usage.
'Board’ The board of directors of the relevant Barclays Group entity.
‘Book quality’ In the context of the Capital Risk section of the Barclays PLC Annual Report (or equivalent section in quarterly
or half yearly results), changes in RWAs caused by factors such as underlying customer behaviour or demographics leading
to changes in risk profile.
‘Book size’ In the context of the Capital Risk section of the Barclays PLC Annual Report (or equivalent section in quarterly or
half yearly results), changes in RWAs driven by business activity, including net originations or repayments.
‘Bounce Back Loan Scheme (BBLS)’ A UK government (British Business Bank) backed loan scheme which allowed SMEs to
borrow between £2,000 and £50,000. The UK Government guarantees 100% of the loan and pays the first 12 months of
interest on behalf of the borrowers, subject to terms and conditions. The scheme closed on 31 March 2021.
‘Business Banking’ One of three segments within Barclays UK. Includes Business Banking services for UK clients with an
annual turnover of typically up to £6.5 million, as well as the Education, Social Housing and Local Authority (ESHLA) portfolio.
‘Business Growth Fund (BGF)’ An independent company established by the UK’s largest banks, including Barclays, to help
young, fast-growing businesses by providing long-term growth capital. Barclays holds an associate interest in BGF.
‘Business scenario stresses’ Multi-asset scenario analysis of extreme, but plausible, events that may impact the market risk
exposures of the IB.
‘Buy to let mortgage’ A mortgage whereby the intention of the customer at origination is to let the property.
‘Capital Conservation Buffer (CCB)’ A capital buffer of 2.5% of a bank’s total risk exposures that needs to be met with an
additional amount of CET1 capital above the 4.5% minimum requirement for CET1 capital set out in CRR. Its objective is to
conserve a bank’s capital by ensuring that banks build up surplus capital outside periods of stress which can be drawn down
if losses are incurred.
‘Capital ratios’ Key financial ratios measuring the bank's capital adequacy or financial strength expressed as a percentage of
RWAs.
‘Capital Requirements Directive (CRD)’ Directive 2013/36/EU (as amended), which accompanied the CRR and which
prescribes further prudential standards including capital buffers and "Pillar 2A" capital requirements. CRD was implemented
before Brexit. In the EU, further amendments to CRD are made by CRD VI.
‘Capital Requirements Directive VI (CRD VI)’ The Sixth Capital Requirements Directive, being an EU amending Directive
accompanied by an amending Regulation (CRR III) which together prescribe EU capital adequacy and liquidity requirements,
and which implement Basel 3.1 in the European Union.
‘Capital requirements on the underlying exposures (KIRB)’ An approach available to banks when calculating RWAs for
securitisation exposures. This is based upon the RWA amounts that would be calculated under the IRB approach for the
underlying pool of securitised exposures in the programme, had such exposures not been securitised.
‘Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR)’ Refers to EU CRR and/or UK CRR as the context requires.
‘Capital Requirements Regulation III (CRR III)’ Regulation (EU) 2024/1623, introducing further amendments to EU CRR as
regards to requirements for credit risk, credit valuation adjustment risk, operational risk, market risk and the output floor.
‘Capital resources’ CET1 capital, Additional Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital that are eligible to satisfy regulatory capital
requirements. Referred to as ‘own funds’ within EU and UK regulatory texts.
‘Capital risk’ The risk that the Barclays Group has an insufficient level or composition of capital to support its normal business
activities and to meet its regulatory capital requirements under normal operating environments or stressed conditions (both
actual and as defined for internal planning or regulatory testing purposes). This includes the risk from the Barclays Group’s
pension plans.
‘CBE’ Consumer Bank Europe which was previously the German consumer finance business for Barclays Bank Ireland PLC. On
3 February 2025, Barclays PLC announced that Barclays Bank Ireland PLC had completed the sale of the CBE business to
BAWAG P.S.K, a wholly owned subsidiary of BAWAG Group AG.
Barclays PLC | 100 | |
Glossary of terms |
‘Central Bank of Ireland (CBI)’ The Central Bank of Ireland is responsible for maintaining monetary stability, promoting
financial stability, and regulating financial institutions to safeguard the integrity of the financial system in Ireland. The CBI is
the Irish national competent authority for the purposes of the SSM and EMIR.
‘Central Counterparty’ or ‘Central Clearing Counterparties (CCPs)’ A clearing house mediating between the buyer and the
seller in a financial transaction, such as a derivative contract or repurchase agreement (Repo). Where a CCP is used, a single
bi-lateral contract between the buyer and seller is replaced with two contracts, one between the buyer and the CCP and one
between the CCP and the seller. The use of CCPs allows for greater oversight and improved credit risk mitigation in OTC
markets.
‘Charge-off’ In the retail segment this refers to the point in time when collections activity changes from the collection of
arrears to the recovery of the full balance. This is normally when six payments are in arrears.
‘Client assets and liabilities’ Deposits, lending and invested assets.
‘Climate Risk’ The risk of financial loss arising from climate change, through physical risks and risks associated with
transitioning to a low-carbon economy. Climate Risk focuses on the Financial and Operational Risks associated with climate
change.
‘CLOs and other insured assets’ Highly-rated CLO positions wrapped by monolines, non-CLOs wrapped by monolines and
other assets wrapped with Credit Support Annex (CSA) protection.
'Clydesdale Financial Services Limited (CFSL)' This houses Barclays’ point-of-sale finance business and trades as Barclays
Partner Finance.
‘Collateralised Debt Obligation (CDO)’ A security issued by a third party which references Asset Backed Securities and/or
certain other related assets purchased by the issuer. CDOs may feature exposure to sub-prime mortgage assets through the
underlying assets.
‘Collateralised Loan Obligation (CLO)’ A security backed by repayments from a pool of commercial loans.
‘Collateralised Mortgage Obligation (CMO)’ A security backed by mortgages. A special purpose entity receives income from
the mortgages and passes them on to investors in the security.
‘Combined Buffer Requirement (CBR)’ The total CET1 capital required to meet the combined requirements of the Capital
Conservation Buffer, the G-SII Buffer, the Countercyclical Capital Buffer, and the O-SII Buffer if applicable to a firm.
‘Commercial paper (CP)’ Typically short-term notes issued by entities, including banks, for funding purposes.
‘Commercial real estate (CRE)’ Commercial real estate includes office buildings, medical centres, hotels, retail stores, shopping
centres, farm land, multifamily housing buildings, warehouses, garages, industrial properties and other similar properties.
Commercial real estate loans are loans backed by a package of commercial real estate. Note: for the purposes of the Credit
Risk section of the Barclays PLC Annual Report (or equivalent section in quarterly or half yearly results), the UK CRE portfolio
includes property investment, development, trading and housebuilders but excludes social housing contractors.
‘Commissions and other incentives’ Includes commission-based arrangements, guaranteed incentives and Long Term
Incentive Plan awards.
‘Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission Framework (COSO)’ A joint initiative of five private
sector organisations dedicated to the development of frameworks and providing guidance on enterprise risk management,
internal control and fraud deterrence.
‘Commodity derivatives’ Exchange traded and OTC derivatives based on an underlying commodity (e.g. metals, precious
metals, oil and oil related products, power and natural gas).
‘Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC)’ Certain participants in US swap markets are required to register with the
CFTC as ‘swap dealers’ or ‘major swap participants’ and/or with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as ‘security-
based swap dealers’ or ‘major security-based swap participants’. Such registrants are subject to CFTC and/or SEC regulation
and oversight. Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Bank Ireland PLC are registered with the CFTC as swap dealers and are subject
to CFTC oversight.
‘Commodity risk’ Measures the impact of changes in commodity prices and volatilities, including the basis between related
commodities (e.g. Brent vs. West Texas Intermediate crude prices).
‘Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital’ The highest quality form of regulatory capital under CRR that comprises common
shares issued and related share premium, retained earnings and other reserves, less specified regulatory adjustments.
‘Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio’ A measure of CET1 capital expressed as a percentage of RWAs.
‘Compensation: income ratio’ The ratio of compensation expense over total income. Compensation represents total staff
costs less non-compensation items (consisting of outsourcing, staff training, redundancy costs and retirement costs).
‘Compliance Risk’ The risk of poor outcomes for, or harm to, customers, clients and markets, arising from the delivery of the
firm’s products and services (also known as 'Conduct Risk') and the risk to Barclays, its clients, customers or markets from a
Barclays PLC | 101 | |
Glossary of terms |
failure to comply with the laws, rules and regulations applicable to the firm (also known as Laws, Rules and Regulations Risk
or 'LRR Risk’).
‘Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR)’ An annual exercise, required by and evaluated by the Federal Reserve,
through which the largest banks' holding companies operating in the US assess whether they have sufficient capital to
continue operations through periods of economic and financial stress and have robust capital-planning processes that
account for their unique risks.
‘Comprehensive Risk Capital Charge (CRCC)’ An estimate of all the material market risks, including rating migration and
default, for the correlation trading portfolio.
‘Comprehensive Risk Measure (CRM)’ An estimate of all the material market risks, including rating migration and default, for
the correlation trading portfolio. Also referred to as All Price Risk (APR) and Comprehensive Risk Capital Charge (CRCC).
‘Constant Currency Basis’ Excluding the impact of foreign currency conversion to GBP when comparing financial results in
two different financial periods.
‘Coronavirus Business Interruption Loan Scheme (CBILS)’ A loan scheme by the British Business Bank (BBB) to support UK
based small and medium-sized businesses (turnover of up to £45 million) adversely impacted by COVID-19. The CBILS
provided loans of up to £5 million which are backed by an 80% UK Government (BBB) guarantee. The UK Government will
pay interest and fees for the first 12 months on behalf of the borrowers, subject to terms and conditions. This scheme ended
on 31 March 2021.
‘Coronavirus Large Business Interruption Loan Scheme (CLBILS)’ A loan scheme by the British Business Bank (BBB) to support
UK based medium-sized businesses (turnover above £45 million, but with no access to Covid Corporate Finance Facility
(CCFF)) adversely impacted by COVID-19. The CLBILS provided loans of up to £200 million which are backed by an 80% UK
Government (BBB) guarantee. This scheme ended on 31 March 2021.
‘Correlation risk’ Refers to the change in marked to market value of a security when the correlation between the underlying
assets changes over time.
‘Cost: income jaws’ Relationship between the percentage change movement in operating expenses relative to total income.
‘Cost: income ratio’ Total operating expenses divided by total income.
‘Cost of Equity’ The rate of return targeted by the equity holders of a company.
‘Countercyclical Capital Buffer (CCyB)’ A capital buffer that requires banks to have an additional cushion of CET1 capital with
which to absorb potential losses, enhancing their resilience and contributing to a stable financial system.
‘Countercyclical leverage ratio buffer (CCLB)’ A macroprudential capital buffer that has applied to specific PRA regulated
institutions since 2018 and is calculated at 35% of any risk weighted Countercyclical Capital Buffer set by the Financial Policy
Committee (FPC). The CCLB applies in addition to the minimum of 3.25% and any G-SII additional leverage ratio buffer that
applies.
‘Counterparty credit risk (CCR)’ The risk that a counterparty to a transaction could default before the final settlement of a
transaction’s cash flows. In the context of RWAs, a component of RWAs that represents the risk of loss from derivatives,
repurchase agreements and similar transactions as a result of the default of the counterparty.
‘Coverage ratio’ This represents the percentage of impairment allowance reserve against the gross exposure.
‘Covered bonds’ Debt securities backed by a portfolio of mortgages that are segregated from the issuer’s other assets solely
for the benefit of the holders of the covered bonds.
‘Credit conversion factor (CCF)’ A factor used to estimate the risk from off-balance sheet commitments for the purpose of
calculating the total Exposure at Default (EAD) used to calculate RWAs.
‘Credit default swaps (CDS)’ A contract under which the protection seller receives premiums or interest-related payments in
return for contracting to make payments to the protection buyer in the event of a defined credit event. Credit events normally
include bankruptcy, payment default on a reference asset or assets, or downgrades by a rating agency.
‘Credit derivatives (CDs)’ An arrangement whereby the credit risk of an asset (the reference asset) is transferred from the
buyer to the seller of the protection.
‘Credit impairment charges’ Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers and banks and impairment charges on
fair value through other comprehensive income assets and reverse repurchase agreements.
‘Credit market exposures’ Assets and other instruments relating to commercial real estate and leveraged finance businesses
that have been significantly impacted by the deterioration in the global credit markets. The exposures include positions
subject to fair value movements in the income statement, positions that are classified as loans and advances, and available
for sale and other assets.
Barclays PLC | 102 | |
Glossary of terms |
‘Credit quality step’ An indicator of credit risk. In the context of the Standardised Approach to calculating credit risk RWAs, a
“credit quality assessment scale” maps the credit assessments of a recognised credit rating agency or export credit agency to
certain “credit quality steps” that determine the risk weight to be applied to an exposure.
‘Credit rating’ An evaluation of the creditworthiness of an entity seeking to enter into a credit agreement.
‘Credit risk’ The risk of loss to Barclays from the failure of clients, customers or counterparties, including sovereigns, to fully
honour their obligations to Barclays, including the whole and timely payment of principal, interest, collateral and other
receivables. In the context of RWAs, it is the component of RWAs that represents the risk of loss in loans and advances and
similar transactions resulting from the default of the counterparty.
‘Credit risk mitigation’ A range of techniques and strategies used to actively mitigate credit risks to which the bank is exposed.
These can be broadly divided into three types: collateral, netting and set-off, and risk transfer.
‘Credit spread’ The premium over the benchmark or risk-free rate required by the market to accept a lower credit quality.
‘Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA)’ The difference between the risk-free value of a portfolio of trades and the market value
which takes into account the counterparty’s risk of default. The CVA therefore represents an estimate of the adjustment to
fair value that a market participant would make to incorporate the credit risk of the counterparty due to any failure to
perform contractual agreements.
‘Customer assets’ Represents loans and advances to customers. Average balances are calculated as the sum of all daily
balances for the year to date divided by number of days in the year to date.
‘Customer deposits’ Money deposited by all individuals and companies that are not credit institutions. Such funds are
recorded as liabilities in the Barclays Group’s balance sheet under “deposits at amortised cost” (Customer liabilities).
‘Customer liabilities’ See ‘Customer deposits’.
‘Daily Value at Risk (DVaR)’ An estimate of the potential loss which might arise from market movements under normal
market conditions if the current positions were to be held unchanged for one business day, measured to a specified
confidence level.
‘Debit Valuation Adjustment (DVA)’ The opposite of CVA. It is the difference between the risk-free value of a portfolio of
trades and the market value which takes into account the Barclays Group’s risk of default. The DVA, therefore, represents an
estimate of the adjustment to fair value that a market participant would make to incorporate the credit risk of the Barclays
Group due to any failure to perform contractual obligations. The DVA decreases the value of a liability to take into account a
reduction in the remaining balance that would be settled should the Barclays Group default or not perform any contractual
obligations.
‘Debt buybacks’ Purchases of the Barclays Group’s issued debt securities, including equity accounted instruments, leading to
their de-recognition from the balance sheet.
‘Debt securities in issue’ Transferable securities evidencing indebtedness of the Barclays Group. These are liabilities of the
Barclays Group and include certificates of deposit and commercial paper.
‘Default fund contributions’ The contribution made by members of a CCP. All members are required to contribute to this fund
in advance of using a CCP. The default fund can be used by the CCP to cover losses incurred by the CCP where losses are
greater than the margins provided by a defaulting member.
‘Default grades’ The Barclays Group classifies ranges of default probabilities into a set of 21 intervals called default grades, in
order to distinguish differences in the Probability of Default (PD) risk.
‘Delinquency’ See ‘Arrears’.
‘Deposit Guarantee Scheme (DGS)’ The EU Directive on Deposit Insurance (Directive 2014/49/EU) was transposed into Irish
law through the European Union (Deposit Guarantee Schemes) Regulations 2015 which came into effect on 20 November
2015. The CBI as the ‘designated authority’ is required to calculate risk based deposit insurance contributions in accordance
with the EBA’s guidelines “on methods for calculating contributions to deposit guarantee schemes.” The DGS is administered
by the CBI and is funded by the credit institutions covered by the scheme.
‘Derivatives netting’ Adjustments applied across asset and liability marked to market derivative positions pursuant to legally
enforceable bilateral netting agreements and eligible cash collateral received in derivative transactions that meet the
requirements of CRR and related regulatory requirements.
‘Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA)’ the European Union’s Digital Operational Resilience Act (Regulation (EU)
2022/2554) has applied from 17 January 2025. This EU regulation introduces comprehensive and sector specific regulation
on Information Communication Technologies (ICT) risk management, ICT incident management and reporting, information
sharing, digital operational resilience testing and provides for oversight by the European Supervisory Authorities of critical
third-party providers servicing the EU financial services sector.
Barclays PLC | 103 | |
Glossary of terms |
‘Diversification effect’ Reflects the fact that the risk of a diversified portfolio is smaller than the sum of the risks of its
constituent parts. It is measured as the sum of the individual asset class Daily Value at Risk (DVaR) estimates less the total
DVaR.
‘Dodd-Frank Act (DFA)’ The US Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, as amended.
‘Domestic Liquidity Sub-Group Arrangement’ An intra-group capital and liquidity support agreement that secures certain
regulatory permissions authorised by the PRA.
‘Economic Value of Equity (EVE)’ A measure of the potential change in value of expected future cash flows due to an adverse
interest rate movement, based on existing balance sheet run-off profile.
‘Education, Social Housing and Local Authority (ESHLA) or (ESHLA portfolio)’ A Barclays UK portfolio primarily consisting of
long dated fixed rate loans extended to counterparties in the UK Education, Social Housing and Local Authority sectors.
'Effective Expected Positive Exposure (EEPE)' The weighted average over time of effective expected exposure. The weights are
the proportion that an individual exposure represents of the entire exposure horizon time interval.
‘Effective interest rate (EIR)’ As defined in IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts
estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial asset or financial liability to the gross
carrying amount of a financial asset or to the amortised cost of a financial liability.
‘Eligible liabilities’ Liabilities and capital instruments that are eligible to meet MREL that do not already qualify as Own funds.
‘Encumbrance’ The use of assets to secure liabilities, such as by way of a lien or charge.
‘Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF)’ The Barclays Group’s risk management responsibilities are laid out in the
Enterprise Risk Management Framework, which describes how Barclays identifies and manages risk. The framework
identifies the principal risks faced by the Barclays Group, sets out risk appetite requirements, sets out roles and
responsibilities for risk management, and sets out risk committee structure.
‘Equities’ Trading businesses encompassing Cash Equities, Equity Derivatives & Equity Financing, part of IB.
‘Equity and stock index derivatives’ Derivatives whose value is derived from equity securities. This category includes equity
and stock index swaps and options (including warrants, which are equity options listed on an exchange). The Barclays Group
also enters into fund-linked derivatives, being swaps and options whose underlyings include mutual funds, hedge funds,
indices and multi-asset portfolios. An equity swap is an agreement between two parties to exchange periodic payments,
based upon a notional principal amount, with one side paying fixed or floating interest and the other side paying based on the
actual return of the stock or stock index. An equity option provides the buyer with the right, but not the obligation, either to
purchase or sell a specified stock, basket of stocks or stock index at a specified price or level on or before a specified date.
‘Equity risk’ In the context of trading book capital requirements, the risk of change in market value of an equity investment.
‘Equity structural hedge’ An interest rate hedge in place to reduce earnings volatility of the overnight / short-term equity
investment and to smooth the income over a medium/long term.
‘EU CRR’ Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as amended. EU CRR prescribes prudential requirements including minimum capital
requirements, for EU banks and certain other entities. EU CRR was amended by CRR III as part of the EU’s implementation of
Basel 3.1. The amendments entered into force from January 2025, other than those relating to market risk, whose entry into
force was delayed until January 2026 by a Delegated Act of the European Commission. In June 2025 the European
Commission proposed a further delay to January 2027. In June 2026 it introduced additional transitional measures for market
risk, which will apply from 2027 to 2030..
‘EU Risk Reduction Measure package’ A collection of amending Regulations and Directives that update core EU regulatory
texts and which came into force on 27 June 2019.
‘Euro Interbank Offered Rate (EURIBOR)’ A benchmark interest rate at which banks can borrow funds from other banks in the
European interbank market.
‘Europe’ Geographic segment comprising countries in which Barclays operates within the EU, Northern Continental and
Eastern Europe.
‘European Banking Authority (EBA)’ The EBA is an independent EU authority which works to ensure effective and consistent
prudential regulation and supervision across the European banking sector. Its overall objectives are to maintain financial
stability in the EU and to safeguard the integrity, stability, efficiency and orderly functioning of the banking sector.
‘European Banking Union’ is an EU concept aimed at safeguarding the stability of the EU banking sector and includes as two
of its pillars the SSM and SRM.
‘European Central Bank (ECB)’ The European Central Bank is responsible, among other things, for the prudential supervision
of credit institutions located in EU member states participating in European Banking Union within the Single Supervisory
Mechanism.
Barclays PLC | 104 | |
Glossary of terms |
‘European Economic Area (EEA)’ The European Economic Area is a free-trade zone established by the EEA Agreement, which
came into effect on January 1, 1994. It includes all 27 EU member states and 3 EFTA states (Iceland, Liechtenstein, and
Norway), aiming to promote the free movement of goods, services, capital, and people within a unified market. The EEA
allows the participating EFTA countries to participate fully in the EU single market without being EU members.
‘European Market Infrastructure Regulation (EMIR)’ The European Market Infrastructure Regulation (Regulation 648/2012)
imposes requirements in the EU which are designed to improve transparency and reduce the risks associated with the
derivatives market. EMIR has operational and financial impacts on the Barclays Group, including by imposing collateral
requirements and a requirement to centrally clear certain OTC derivatives contracts transacted with a broad range of market
participants.
‘European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA)’ An independent European supervisory authority with the remit of
enhancing the protection of investors and reinforcing stable and well-functioning financial markets in the European Union.
‘Eurozone’ Represents the 21 European Union countries that have adopted the Euro as their common currency. The 21
countries are Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Latvia,
Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Portugal, Slovakia, Slovenia and Spain.
‘Exchange-traded notes (ETNs)’ Unsecured debt securities that track an underlying index of securities and trade on a stock
exchange.
‘Expected Credit Losses (ECL)’ A present value measure of the credit losses expected to result from default events that may
occur during a specified period of time. ECLs must reflect the present value of cash shortfalls, and the unbiased and
probability weighted assessment of a range of outcomes.
‘Expected Losses’ A regulatory measure of anticipated losses for exposures captured under an Internal Ratings Based (IRB)
credit risk approach for capital adequacy calculations. It is measured as the Barclays Group’s modelled view of anticipated
losses based on Probability of Default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD), with a one-year time
horizon.
‘Expert lender models’ Models of risk measures that are used for parts of the portfolio where the risk drivers are specific to a
particular counterparty, but where there is insufficient data to support the construction of a statistical model. These models
utilise the knowledge of credit experts that have in depth experience of the specific customer type being modelled.
‘Exposure’ Generally refers to positions or actions taken by a bank, or consequences thereof, that may put a certain amount
of a bank’s resources at risk.
‘Exposure at Default (EAD)’ The estimation of the extent to which the Barclays Group may be exposed to a customer or
counterparty in the event of, and at the time of, that customer’s or counterparty’s default. At default, the customer may not
have drawn the loan fully or may already have repaid some of the principal, so that exposure may be less than the approved
loan limit.
‘External Credit Assessment Institutions (ECAI)’ Institutions whose credit assessments may be used by credit institutions for
the determination of risk weighted exposure amounts according to CRR.
‘External ratings based approach / internal assessment approach (SEC-ERBA / IAA)’ This is a method to calculate risk-
weighted exposure amounts for securitisation positions. Under the SEC-ERBA approach, regulatory capital is assigned to
securitisation tranches on the basis of their external credit rating. The SEC-ERBA approach can also be used for unrated ABCP
exposures where the institution has the regulatory permission to use the Internal Assessment Approach (IAA) to assign a
credit rating to the unrated ABCP exposure.
‘Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA)’ An independent federal agency in the United States that oversees the secondary
mortgage market and regulates Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, as well as 11 Federal Home Loan banks. The FHFA also sets the
Housing Price Index (HPI) in the United States.
‘Federal Reserve Board (FRB)’ The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, commonly known as the Federal
Reserve Board, is responsible for – amongst other things – setting monetary policy in the US.
‘FICC’ Represents Macro (including rates and currency), Credit and Securitised products, part of IB.
‘Financial collateral comprehensive method (FCCM)’ A credit risk mitigation calculation approach which applies volatility
adjustments to the market value of exposure and collateral when calculating RWA values.
‘Financial Conduct Authority (FCA)’ The statutory body responsible for conduct of business regulation and supervision of UK
authorised firms. The FCA also has responsibility for the prudential regulation of firms that do not fall within the PRA’s scope.
‘Financial crime risk’ The risk that the Group and its associated persons (employees or third parties) commit or facilitate
financial crime, and/or the Group’s products and services are used to facilitate financial crime. Financial crime undermines
market integrity and may result in: harm to clients, customers, counterparties or employees; diminished confidence in
financial products and services; damage to the Group’s reputation; regulatory breaches; and/or financial penalties.
Barclays PLC | 105 | |
Glossary of terms |
‘Financial Policy Committee (FPC)’ The BoE’s Financial Policy Committee identifies, monitors and takes action to remove or
reduce systemic risks with a view to protecting and enhancing the resilience of the UK financial system. The FPC also has a
secondary objective to support the economic policy of the UK Government.
‘Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS)’ The UK’s scheme for the compensation of customers of authorised
financial services firms that are unable to pay claims.
‘Financial Stability Board (FSB)’ An international body that monitors and makes recommendations about the global financial
system. It promotes international financial stability by coordinating national financial authorities and international standard-
setting bodies as they work toward developing strong regulatory, supervisory and other financial sector policies. It fosters a
level playing field by encouraging coherent implementation of these policies across sectors and jurisdictions.
‘Fitch’ A credit rating agency, including Fitch Ratings Inc. and its affiliated entities.
‘Forbearance Programmes’ Forbearance programmes assist customers in financial difficulty through agreements to accept
less than contractual amounts due where financial distress would otherwise prevent satisfactory repayment within the
original terms and conditions of the contract. These agreements may be initiated by the customer, Barclays or a third party
and include approved debt counselling plans, minimum due reductions, interest rate concessions and switches from capital
and interest repayments to interest-only payments.
‘Foreclosures in Progress’ The process by which a bank initiates legal action against a customer with the intention of
terminating a loan agreement whereby the bank may repossess the property used as collateral for the loan, subject to
applicable law, and recover amounts it is owed.
‘Foreign exchange derivatives’ The Barclays Group’s principal exchange rate-related contracts are forward foreign exchange
contracts, currency swaps and currency options. Forward foreign exchange contracts are agreements to buy or sell a
specified quantity of foreign currency, usually on a specified future date at an agreed rate. Currency swaps generally involve
the exchange, or notional exchange, of equivalent amounts of two currencies and a commitment to exchange interest
periodically until the principal amounts are re-exchanged on a future date. Currency options provide the buyer with the right,
but not the obligation, either to purchase or sell a fixed amount of a currency at a specified exchange rate on or before a
future date. As compensation for assuming the option risk, the option writer generally receives a premium at the start of the
option period.
‘Foreign exchange risk’ In the context of DVaR, the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates and volatilities.
'Foundation Internal Ratings Based (F-IRB)’ See ‘Internal Ratings Based (IRB)’.
'FTSE 350’ The Financial Times Stock Exchange index comprising the 350 largest companies by capitalisation listed on the
London Stock Exchange.
‘Full time equivalent (FTE)’ Full time equivalent units are the on-job hours paid for employee services divided by the number of
ordinary-time hours normally paid for a full-time staff member when on the job (or contract employees where applicable).
‘Fully loaded’ When a measure is presented or described as being on a fully loaded basis, it is calculated without applying the
transitional provisions set out in Part Ten of CRR.
‘Fundamental Review of the Trading Book (FRTB)’ A comprehensive suite of capital rules developed by the BCBS as part of
Basel III and applicable to banks’ wholesale trading activities.
‘Funded credit protection’ A technique of credit risk mitigation where the reduction of the credit risk on the exposure of an
institution derives from the right of that institution, in the event of the default of the counterparty or on the occurrence of
other specified credit events relating to the counterparty, to liquidate, or to obtain transfer or appropriation of, or to retain
certain assets or amounts, or to reduce the amount of the exposure to, or to replace it with the amount of the difference
between the amount of the exposure and the amount of a claim on the institution.
‘FVOCI’ Fair value through other comprehensive income.
‘FVTPL’ Fair value through profit or loss.
‘FY23 Investor Update’ An event held in connection with Barclays resegmentation of businesses which was announced on 20
February 2024 and is part of its strategy to become Simpler, Better and more Balanced. Introducing the new segments of
Barclays UK, Barclays UK Corporate Bank, Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management, Barclays Investment Bank, Barclays
US Consumer Bank and Head Office.
‘Gains on acquisitions’ The amount by which an acquirer’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and
contingent liabilities, recognised in a business combination, exceeds the cost of the combination.
‘General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR)’ GDPR (Regulation (EU) 2016/679) is a regulation intended to strengthen and
unify data protection for all individuals within the European Union. GDPR forms part of UK law (UK GDPR) pursuant to the
European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, as amended and the supplemental Data Protection Act 2018.
‘Global Markets’ Offers clients a full range of liquidity, risk management and financing solutions, ideas and content tailored to
their investment and risk management needs, including execution capabilities across the spectrum of financial products.
Barclays PLC | 106 | |
Glossary of terms |
‘Global Systemically Important Banks (G-SIBs or G-SIIs)’ Global financial institutions whose size, complexity and systemic
interconnectedness, mean that their distress or failure would cause significant disruption to the wider financial system and
economic activity. The Financial Stability Board and the BCBS publish a list of global systemically important banks.
‘Grandfathering’ In the context of capital resources, the phasing in of the application of instrument eligibility rules, which
allows formerly compliant capital instruments to be included in regulatory capital, subject to certain thresholds which
decrease over the transitional period.
‘Gross charge-off rates’ Represents the balances charged-off to recoveries in the reporting period, expressed as a percentage
of average outstanding balances excluding balances in recoveries. Charge-off to recoveries generally occurs when the
collections focus switches from the collection of arrears to the recovery of the entire outstanding balance, and represents a
fundamental change in the relationship between the bank and the customer. This is a measure of the proportion of
customers that have gone into default during the period.
‘Gross Domestic Product (GDP)’ Measures the total value of goods and services produced in a country within a specific time
period.
‘Gross new lending’ New lending advanced to customers during the period.
‘Gross write-off rates’ Expressed as a percentage and represent balances written off in the reporting period divided by gross
loans and advances held at amortised cost at the balance sheet date.
‘Group net interest income excluding Barclays Investment Bank and Head Office’ A measure of Barclays Group net interest
income, excluding the net interest income reported in Barclays Investment Bank and Head Office.
‘G-SII additional leverage ratio buffer (G-SII ALRB)’ A macroprudential buffer that applies to G-SIBs and other major domestic
UK banks and building societies, including banks that are subject to ring-fencing requirements. The G-SII ALRB will be
calibrated as 35% of the G-SII buffer or O-SII buffer that apply to the bank.
‘G-SII Buffer’ CET1 capital required to be held to ensure that G-SIBs build up surplus capital to compensate for the systemic
risk that such institutions represent to the financial system.
‘Guarantee’ Unless otherwise described, an undertaking by a third party to pay a creditor should a debtor fail to do so. It is a
form of credit substitution.
‘Head Office’ Comprises head office central support, central treasury operations, Barclays Execution Services assets and
legacy businesses. Following the resegmentation announced at the FY23 Investor Update on 20 February 2024, Head Office
also includes the Payment acceptance business (rebranded merchant acquiring business), for which a partnership with
Brookfield Asset Management Ltd was announced in April 2025 and, until it was sold in Q1 2025, including the German
consumer finance business.
‘High-Net-Worth’ Businesses that provide banking and other services to high-net-worth customers.
‘High-quality liquid assets (HQLA)’ Comprise eligible and unencumbered cash or assets that can be converted into cash at
little or no loss of value in private markets, to meet liquidity needs arising from a liquidity stress scenario or event. Among
other things, HQLA should be unencumbered and liquid in markets during a time of stress. These include cash and claims on
central governments and central banks. Please refer to ‘Level 1 assets’ and ‘Level 2 assets’.
‘High Risk’ In retail banking, ‘High Risk’ is defined as the subset of up-to-date customers who, either through an event or
observed behaviour, exhibit potential financial difficulty. Where appropriate, these customers are proactively contacted to
assess whether assistance is required.
‘Home loan’ A loan to purchase a residential property. The property is then used as collateral to guarantee repayment of the
loan. The borrower gives the lender a lien against the property and the lender can foreclose on the property if the borrower
does not repay the loan per the agreed terms. Also known as a residential mortgage.
‘IAASA’ Irish Auditing and Accounting Supervisory Authority.
‘IASB’ International Accounting Standards Board.
‘Identified Impairment (II)’ Specific impairment allowances for financial assets, estimated individually.
‘IFRS’ International Financial Reporting Standards.
‘IHC’ or ‘US IHC’ The intermediate US holding company, Barclays US LLC, which holds most of Barclays’ subsidiaries and
assets in the US.
‘Impairment Allowances’ A provision held on the balance sheet as a result of the raising of a charge against profit for
expected losses in the lending book. An impairment allowance may either be identified or unidentified, and individual or
collective.
‘Income’ Total income, unless otherwise specified.
Barclays PLC | 107 | |
Glossary of terms |
‘Incremental Risk Charge (IRC)’ An estimate of the incremental risk arising from rating migrations and defaults for traded debt
instruments beyond what is already captured in specific market risk VaR for the non-correlation trading portfolio.
‘Independent Validation Unit (IVU)’ The function within Barclays responsible for independent review, challenge and approval
of all models.
‘Individual liquidity guidance (ILG)’ Guidance given to a bank about the amount, quality and funding profile of liquidity
resources that the PRA has asked the bank to maintain.
‘Inflation risk’ In the context of DVaR, the impact of changes in inflation rates and volatilities on cash instruments and
derivatives.
'Inorganic activity' Refers to certain inorganic transactions announced as part of the FY23 Investor Update designed to
improve Group RoTE beyond 2024. In FY24 this included the £220m loss on sale of the performing Italian retail mortgage
portfolio, the £9m loss on disposal from the German consumer finance business and the £26m loss on sale of the non-
performing Italian retail mortgage portfolio. This was offset by the day 1 net profit before tax of £346m from the acquisition
of Tesco Bank.
‘Interchange’ Income paid to a credit card issuer for the clearing and settlement of a sale or cash advance transaction.
‘Interest-only home loans’ Under the terms of these loans, the customer makes payments of interest only for the entire term
of the mortgage, although customers may make early repayments of the principal within the terms of their agreement. The
customer is responsible for repaying the entire outstanding principal on maturity, which may require the sale of the
mortgaged property.
‘Interest rate derivatives’ Derivatives linked to interest rates. This category includes interest rate swaps, collars, floors options
and swaptions. An interest rate swap is an agreement between two parties to exchange fixed rate and floating rate interest by
means of periodic payments based upon a notional principal amount and the interest rates defined in the contract. Certain
agreements combine interest rate and foreign currency swap transactions, which may or may not include the exchange of
principal amounts. A basis swap is a form of interest rate swap, in which both parties exchange interest payments based on
floating rates, where the floating rates are based upon different underlying reference indices. In a forward rate agreement,
two parties agree a future settlement of the difference between an agreed rate and a future interest rate, applied to a notional
principal amount. The settlement, which generally occurs at the start of the contract period, is the discounted present value
of the payment that would otherwise be made at the end of that period.
‘Interest rate risk’ The risk of interest rate volatility adversely impacting the Barclays Group’s NIM. In the context of the
calculation of market risk DVaR, measures the impact of changes in interest (swap) rates and volatilities on cash instruments
and derivatives.
‘Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB)’ The risk that the Barclays Group is exposed to capital or income volatility
because of a mismatch between the interest rate exposures of its (non-traded) assets and liabilities.
‘Internal Assessment Approach (IAA)’ One of three types of calculation that a bank with permission to use the Internal
Ratings Based (IRB) approach may apply to securitisation exposures. It consists of mapping a bank's internal rating
methodology for credit exposures to those of an External Credit Assessment Institution (ECAI) to determine the appropriate
risk weight based on the ratings based approach. Its applicability is limited to ABCP programmes related to liquidity facilities
and credit enhancement.
‘Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP)’ It describes how the Barclays Group identifies, manages and qualifies
the risks to which it is exposed, in pursuit of its business strategy. It assesses whether the quality and quantity of capital is
available to absorb capital losses for the risks the firm undertakes. The capital adequacy is assessed on a point of time basis
and on a forward looking basis taking into account baseline and stressed economic capital conditions.
'Internal Model Approach (IMA)’ In the context of RWAs, a method for calculating market risk RWAs where the capital
requirement has been derived via the use of a regulator approved internal market risk model.
'Internal Model Method (IMM)’ In the context of RWAs, a method for calculating exposure amounts for certain transactions
using a regulator approved internal counterparty credit risk model.
‘Internal Ratings Based (IRB)’ In the context of RWAs, a method for calculating credit risk RWAs using a regulator approved
internal credit risk model. The IRB approach is divided into two alternative applications, Advanced and Foundation: Advanced
Internal Ratings Based (A-IRB): the bank uses its own estimates of Probability of Default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and
credit conversion factor to model a given risk exposure. Foundation Internal Ratings Based (F-IRB): the bank applies its own
PD as for A-IRB, but it uses standard parameters for the LGD and the credit conversion factor. The F-IRB approach is
specifically designed for wholesale credit exposures. Hence retail, equity, securitisation positions and non-credit obligations
asset exposures are treated under standardised or A-IRB.
‘Internal Ratings Based approach (SEC-IRBA)’ This is a method to calculate risk-weighted exposure amounts for securitisation
positions. Under this method, an institution must be able to model regulatory capital requirements for underlying exposures
in the securitisation as if these had not been securitised (‘KIRB’), subject to certain other inputs and criteria.
Barclays PLC | 108 | |
Glossary of terms |
‘International Corporate Bank’ Provides lending, trade & working capital, liquidity, payments and FX solutions to multinational
companies and financial institutions globally and to FTSE 350 companies in the UK.
‘Invested assets’ Invested assets (held off-balance sheet) represent assets under management and supervision. Uninvested
cash held under an investment mandate and reported within customer deposits is excluded from invested assets.
‘Investment Banking’ Provides clients with strategic advice on mergers and acquisitions (M&A), corporate finance, financial
risk management and equity and debt issuance. As part of its International Corporate Bank offering it also provides lending,
trade & working capital, liquidity, payments and FX solutions to multinational companies and financial institutions globally
and to FTSE 350 companies in the UK.
‘Investment Banking Fees’ In the context of IB analysis of total income, fees generated from origination activity businesses –
including financial advisory, debt and equity underwriting.
‘Investment grade’ A debt security, treasury bill or similar instrument with a credit rating of AAA (Aaa) to BBB (Baa3) as
measured by external credit rating agencies.
‘Investor Compensation Scheme (ICS)’ The Investor Compensation Directive (Directive 97/9/EC) sets out the basis for clients
of investment firms (including banks that carry out investment services) to receive statutory compensation when an
authorised investment firm fails. In Ireland, the Investor Compensation Act 1998 (ICA) provides for the establishment of the
Investor Compensation Company DAC which administers the ICS.
‘IPO’ Initial Public Offering.
‘IRB Roadmap’ Contains several EBA technical standards and sets of guidelines developed with the intent to reduce
unwarranted variability across firms in IRB Risk-Weighted Assets for Credit Risk. The PRA required UK firms to implement
these changes from 1 January 2022.
‘ISDA Master Agreement’ The most commonly used master contract for OTC derivative transactions internationally. It is part
of a framework of documents, designed to enable OTC derivatives to be documented fully and flexibly. The framework
consists of a master agreement, a schedule, confirmations, definitions booklets, and a credit support annex. The ISDA Master
Agreement is published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA).
‘Large exposure’ A large exposure is defined as the total exposure of a bank to a counterparty or group of connected clients,
whether in the banking book or trading book or both, which in aggregate equals or exceeds 10% of the bank's eligible Tier 1
capital.
‘Legal risk', ‘Laws, Rules and Regulations Risk’ or 'LRR risk' The risk of loss or imposition of penalties, damages or fines from
the failure of the firm to meet applicable laws, rules and regulations or contractual requirements or to assert or defend its
intellectual property rights.
‘Lending’ In the context of IB analysis of total income, lending income includes NII, gains or losses on loan sale activity, and
risk management activity relating to the loan portfolio.
‘Letters of credit’ A letter typically used for the purposes of international trade guaranteeing that a debtor’s payment to a
creditor will be made on time and in full. In the event that the debtor is unable to make payment, the bank will be required to
cover the full or remaining amount of the purchase.
‘Level 1 assets’ HQLA under local rules implementing the Basel Committee’s LCR, including cash, central bank reserves and
higher quality government securities.
‘Level 2 assets’ HQLA under local rules implementing the Basel Committee’s LCR, comprising Level 2A assets, including, e.g.
lower quality government securities, covered bonds and corporate debt securities, and Level 2B assets, including, e.g. lower
rated corporate bonds, Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities and equities that meet certain conditions.
‘Lifetime expected credit losses’ An assessment of expected losses associated with default events that may occur during the
life of an exposure, reflecting the present value of cash shortfalls over the remaining expected life of the asset.
‘Lifetime Probability’ The likelihood of accounts entering default during the expected remaining life of the asset.
‘Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR)’ The ratio of the stock of HQLA to expected net cash outflows over the next 30 days.
‘Liquidity Pool’ The Barclays Group liquidity pool comprises cash at central banks and highly liquid collateral specifically held
by the Barclays Group as a contingency to enable the bank to meet cash outflows in the event of stressed market conditions.
‘Liquidity Risk’ The risk that the Barclays Group is unable to meet its contractual or contingent obligations, or that it does not
have the appropriate amount, tenor and composition of funding and liquidity to support its assets.
‘Liquidity risk appetite (LRA)’ The level of liquidity risk that the Barclays Group chooses to take in pursuit of its business
objectives and in meeting its regulatory obligations.
‘Liquidity Risk Management Framework (the Liquidity Framework)’ The Liquidity Risk Management Framework incorporates
liquidity policies, systems and controls that the Barclays Group has implemented to manage liquidity risk within tolerances
approved by the Board and regulatory agencies.
Barclays PLC | 109 | |
Glossary of terms |
‘Litigation and conduct charges’ or ‘Litigation and conduct’ Litigation and conduct charges include regulatory fines, litigation
settlements and conduct-related customer redress.
‘Loan loss rate (LLR)’ Quoted in basis points and represents total impairment charges divided by total gross loans and
advances held at amortised cost (including portfolios reclassified to assets held for sale) at the balance sheet date.
‘Loan to deposit ratio’ or ‘Loan: deposit ratio’ Total loans and advances at amortised costs divided by deposits at amortised
cost.
‘Loan to value (LTV) ratio’ Expresses the amount borrowed against an asset (i.e. a mortgage) as a percentage of the appraised
value of the asset. The ratios are used in determining the appropriate level of risk for the loan and are generally reported as an
average for new mortgages or an entire portfolio. Also see ‘Marked to market (MTM) LTV ratio’.
‘Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)’ The Barclays PLC Group Long Term Incentive Plan.
‘Loss Given Default (LGD)’ The percentage of Exposure at Default (EAD) that will not be recovered following default. LGD
comprises the actual loss (the part that is not expected to be recovered), together with the economic costs associated with
the recovery process.
‘Management VaR’ A measure of the potential loss of value arising from unfavourable market movements at a specific
confidence level, if current positions were to be held unchanged for a predefined period. IB uses Management VaR with a
two-year equally weighted historical period, at a 95% confidence level, with a one day holding period.
‘Mandatory break clause’ In the context of counterparty credit risk, a contract clause that means a trade will be ended on a
particular date.
‘Marked to market approach’ A counterparty credit risk exposure calculation approach which uses the current marked to
market value of derivative positions as well as a potential future exposure add-on to calculate an exposure to which a risk
weight can be applied. This is also known as the Current Exposure Method.
‘Marked to market (MTM) LTV ratio’ The loan amount as a percentage of the current value of the asset used to secure the
loan. Also see ‘Balance weighted Loan to Value (LTV) ratio’ and ‘Valuation weighted Loan to Value (LTV) ratio’.
‘Market risk’ The risk of loss arising from potential adverse changes in the value of the Barclays Group’s assets and liabilities
from fluctuations in market variables including, but not limited to, interest rates, foreign exchange, equity prices, commodity
prices, credit spreads, implied volatilities and asset correlations.
‘Master netting agreement’ An agreement that provides for a single net settlement of all financial instruments and collateral
covered by the agreement in the event of the counterparty’s default, bankruptcy or insolvency, resulting in a reduced
exposure.
‘Master trust securitisation programme’ A securitisation structure where a trust is set up for the purpose of acquiring a pool of
receivables. The trust issues multiple series of securities backed by these receivables.
‘Material Risk Takers (MRTs)’ Categories of staff whose professional activities have or are deemed to have a material impact
on Barclays’ risk profile, as determined in accordance with the European Banking Authority regulatory technical standard on
the identification of such staff.
‘Maximum Distributable Amount (MDA)’ The MDA is a factor representing the available distributable profit of an institution
whilst remaining in excess of its Combined Buffer Requirement (CBR). UK and EU regulations place restrictions on a bank’s
dividend, AT1 securities coupon and variable compensation decisions depending on its proximity to meeting the buffer.
‘Medium-Term Notes (MTNs)’ Corporate notes (or debt securities) continuously offered by a company to investors through a
broker dealer. MTN tenors range from under 1 year to 30 years. They can be issued with a fixed or floating interest rate or
with a more complex calculation of the interest rate; with a fixed maturity date (non-callable) or with embedded call or put
options or early repayment triggers. MTNs are most generally issued as senior, unsecured debt.
‘Methodology and policy’ In the context of the Capital Risk section of the Barclays PLC Annual Report (or equivalent section in
quarterly or half yearly results), the effect on RWAs of methodology changes driven by regulatory policy changes.
‘MiFID II’ Refers to either the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive 2014/65/EC and the Markets in Financial
Instruments Regulation 600/2014 (as amended), which together are European Union laws that provide harmonised
regulation for investment services across the member states of the European Economic Area, or these rules and regulations
as they form part of UK law pursuant to the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (as amended), as applicable.
‘Minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL)’ A European Union-wide requirement under the Bank
Recovery and Resolution Directive for all European banks and investment banks to hold a minimum level of equity and/or
loss absorbing eligible liabilities to ensure the operation of the bail-in tool to absorb losses and recapitalise an institution in
resolution, or these rules and regulations as they form part of UK law pursuant to the UK transposition of the Directive and
the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (as amended). An institution’s MREL requirement is set by its resolution
authority.
Barclays PLC | 110 | |
Glossary of terms |
‘Model risk’ The risk of the potential adverse consequences from financial assessments or decisions based on incorrect or
misused model outputs and reports.
‘Model updates’ In the context of the Capital Risk section of the Barclays PLC Annual Report (or equivalent section in quarterly
or half yearly results), changes in RWAs caused by model implementation, changes in model scope or any changes required
to address model malfunctions.
‘Model validation’ Process through which models are independently challenged, tested and verified to prove that they have
been built, implemented and used correctly, and that they continue to be fit-for-purpose.
‘Modelled VaR’ In the context of RWAs, market risk calculated using Value at Risk (VaR) models laid down by the CRR and
supervised by the PRA or ECB, as applicable
‘Money market funds’ Investment funds typically invested in short-term debt securities such as CP.
‘Monoline derivatives’ Derivatives with a monoline insurer such as credit default swaps referencing the underlying exposures
held.
‘Moody’s’ A credit rating agency, including Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its affiliated entities.
‘Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSR)’ A contractual agreement in which the right to service an existing mortgage is sold by the
original lender to another party that specialises in the various functions involved with servicing mortgages.
‘Multilateral development banks’ Financial institutions created for the purposes of development, where membership
transcends national boundaries.
‘Net asset value per share’ Calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity, excluding non-controlling interests and other equity
instruments, by the number of issued ordinary shares.
‘Net Interest Income (NII)’ The difference between interest income on assets and interest expense on liabilities.
‘Net Interest Margin (NIM)’ Annualised NII divided by the sum of average customer assets.
‘Net investment income’ Comprises fair value gains and losses on banking book financial instruments measured at fair value
through profit or loss, dividend income, and gains or losses recognised on the disposal of FVOCI assets and amortised cost
financial assets/liabilities.
‘Net new assets under management’ The net inflows and outflows of client balances within discretionary portfolio
management and advisory mandates. Excludes market performance and foreign exchange translation but includes
reinvested dividend payments.
‘Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR)’ The ratio of available stable funding to required stable funding over a one-year time horizon,
assuming a stressed scenario. The ratio is required to be over 100%. Available stable funding would include items such as
equity capital, preferred stock with a maturity of over one year, or liabilities with a maturity of over one year. The required
amount of stable funding is calculated as the sum of the value of the assets held and funded by the institution, multiplied by a
specific required stable funding factor assigned to each particular asset type, added to the amount of potential liquidity
exposure multiplied by its associated required stable funding factor.
‘Net trading income’ Gains and losses arising from trading positions which are held at fair value, in respect of both market-
making and customer business, together with interest, dividends and funding costs relating to trading activities.
‘Net write-off rate’ Expressed as a percentage and represents balances written off in the reporting period less any post write-
off recoveries divided by gross loans and advances held at amortised cost at the balance sheet date.
‘Net written credit protection’ In the context of leverage exposure, the net notional value of credit derivatives protection sold
and credit derivatives protection bought.
‘New bookings’ The total of the original balance on accounts opened in the reporting period, including any applicable fees
and charges included in the loan amount.
‘Non-asset backed debt instruments’ Debt instruments not backed by collateral, including government bonds, US agency
bonds, corporate bonds, commercial paper, certificates of deposit, convertible bonds, and issued notes.
‘Non-Traded Market Risk’ The risk that the current or future exposure in the banking book (i.e. non-traded book) will impact
the bank's capital and/or earnings due to adverse movements in Interest or foreign exchange rates.
‘Non-Traded VaR’ Reflects the volatility in the value of the fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)
investments in the liquidity pool which flow directly through capital via the FVOCI reserve. The underlying methodology to
calculate non-traded VaR is similar to Traded Management VaR, but the two measures are not directly comparable. The Non-
Traded VaR represents the volatility to capital driven by the FVOCI exposures. These exposures are in the banking book and
do not meet the criteria for trading book treatment.
‘Notch’ A single unit of measurement in a credit rating scale.
Barclays PLC | 111 | |
Glossary of terms |
‘Notional amount’ The nominal or face amount of a financial instrument, such as a loan or a derivative, that is used to
calculate payments made on that instrument.
‘Open Banking’ The Payment Services Directive (PSD2) and the Open API standards and data sharing remedy imposed by the
UK Competition and Markets Authority following its Retail Banking Market Investigation Order.
‘Operating leverage’ Operating expenses compared to total income less credit impairment charges and other provisions.
‘Operational risk’ The risk of loss to the Barclays Group from inadequate or failed processes or systems, human factors or due
to external events (e.g. fraud) where the root cause is not due to credit or market risks.
‘Operating expenses excluding litigation and conduct’ A measure of total operating expenses excluding litigation and conduct
charges.
‘Operating costs’ A measure of total operating expenses excluding litigation and conduct charges and UK regulatory levies.
‘Operational Riskdata eXchange Association (ORX)’ A not-for-profit industry association dedicated to advancing the
measurement and management of operational risk in the global financial services industry. Barclays is a member of ORX.
‘Origination led’ Focus on high-margin, low-capital fee-based activities and related hedging opportunities.
‘O-SII Buffer’ CET1 capital required to be held under the UK and EU regimes to ensure that Other Systemically Important
Institutions (O-SIIs) build up surplus capital to compensate for the systemic risk that such institutions represent to the
financial system.
‘Other systemically important institutions (O-SII)’ Other systemically important institutions are institutions that are deemed to
create risk to financial stability due to their systemic importance.
‘Over-issuance of Securities’ Over-issuance of securities under Barclays Bank PLC’s US shelf registration statements on Form
F-3 filed with the US Securities and Exchange Commission in 2018 and 2019.
‘Over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives’ Derivative contracts that are traded (and privately negotiated) directly between two
parties. They offer flexibility because, unlike standardised exchange-traded products, they can be tailored to fit specific needs.
‘Overall capital requirement’ The overall capital requirement is the sum of capital required to meet the total of a Pillar 1
requirement, a Pillar 2A requirement, a Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) buffer, a Capital Conservation Buffer
(CCB) and a Countercyclical Capital Buffer (CCyB).
‘Own credit’ The effect of changes in the Barclays Group’s own credit standing on the fair value of financial liabilities.
‘Own funds’ The sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital.
‘Own funds and eligible liabilities ratio’ A risk-based ratio representing the own funds and eligible liabilities of the institution
expressed as a percentage of total RWAs.
‘Owner occupied mortgage’ A mortgage where the intention of the customer at origination was to occupy the property.
'Partner profit share' Payments made to partners based on the financial performance of the credit card portfolios.
‘Past due items’ Refers to loans where the borrower has failed to make a payment when due under the terms of the loan
contract.
‘Payment Protection Insurance (PPI) redress’ Provision for the settlement of PPI mis-selling claims and related claims
management costs.
‘Pension Risk’ The risk of the Barclays Group’s earnings and capital being adversely impacted by the Barclays Group’s defined
benefit obligations increasing or the value of the assets backing these defined benefit obligations decreasing due to changes
in both the level and volatility of prices.
‘Performance costs’ The accounting charge recognised in the period for performance awards. For deferred incentives and
long-term incentives, the accounting charge is spread over the relevant periods in which the employee delivers service.
‘Period end allocated tangible equity’ Allocated tangible equity is calculated as 13.5% (2025: 13.5%) of RWAs for each
business, adjusted for capital deductions, excluding goodwill and intangible assets, reflecting assumptions the Barclays Group
uses for capital planning purposes. Head Office allocated tangible equity represents the difference between the Barclays
Group’s tangible shareholders’ equity and the amounts allocated to businesses.
‘Period end tangible shareholder’s equity (for Barclays Group)’ Shareholders' equity attributable to ordinary shareholders of
the parent, adjusted for the deduction of intangible assets and goodwill.
‘Period end tangible shareholder’s equity (for businesses)’ Allocated tangible equity is calculated as 13.5% (2025: 13.5%) of
RWAs for each business, adjusted for capital deductions, excluding goodwill and intangible assets, reflecting the assumptions
the Barclays Group uses for capital planning purposes. Head Office allocated tangible equity represents the difference
between the Barclays Group’s tangible shareholders’ equity and the amounts allocated to businesses.
Barclays PLC | 112 | |
Glossary of terms |
‘Personal Banking’ One of three segments within Barclays UK. The business within the UK that offers retail solutions to help
customers with their day-to-day banking needs.
‘Pillar 1 requirements’ The minimum regulatory capital requirements under CRR, covering credit (including counterparty
credit) risk, market risk operational risk, settlement risk and CVA.
‘Pillar 2A requirements’ The additional regulatory capital requirement to meet risks not captured under Pillar 1 requirements.
These requirements are the outcome of the ICAAP and the complementary supervisory review and evaluation carried out by
the relevant regulator.
‘Pillar Two’ The UK implemented Pillar Two legislation in the Finance (No.2) Act 2023 to introduce the OECD’s global
minimum tax rules for accounting periods beginning on or after 31 December 2023. The EU Minimum Tax Directive (Pillar
Two) (Council Directive (EU) 2022/2523) entered into force on 23 December 2022 and requires all member states to apply a
Qualifying Domestic Minimum Top-up Tax (QDMTT) to in scope multi-national groups within the EU.
‘Post-Model Adjustment (PMA)’ In the context of Basel models, a PMA is a short-term increase in regulatory capital applied at
portfolio level to account for model input data deficiencies, inadequate model performance or changes to regulatory
definitions (e.g. definition of default) to ensure the model output is accurate, complete and appropriate.
‘Potential Future Exposure (PFE) on derivatives’ A regulatory calculation in respect of the Barclays Group’s potential future
credit exposure on both exchange traded and OTC derivatives, calculated by assigning a standardised percentage (based on
the underlying risk category and residual trade maturity) to the gross notional value of each contract.
‘PRA waivers’ PRA approvals which modify or waive existing rules. Waivers are specific to an organisation and require
applications being submitted to and approved by the PRA.
‘Primary securitisations’ The issuance of securities (bonds and commercial papers) for fund-raising.
‘Primary Stress Tests’ In the context of Traded Market Risk and Stress Testing, Primary Stress Tests apply stress moves to key
liquidity risk factors for each of the major trading asset classes.
‘Prime Services’ Involves financing of fixed income and equity positions using Repo and stock lending facilities. The Prime
Services business also provides brokerage facilitation services for hedge fund clients offering execution and clearance
facilities for a variety of asset classes.
‘Principal’ In the context of a debt liability, the total amount borrowed, or the part of the amount borrowed which remains
unpaid (excluding interest).
‘Principal Risks’ The principal risks affecting the Barclays Group, as described in the Risk Review section of the Barclays PLC
Annual Report.
‘Private equity investments’ Investments in equity securities in operating companies not quoted on a public exchange.
Investment in private equity often involves the investment of capital in private companies or the acquisition of a public
company that results in the delisting of public equity. Capital for private equity investment is raised by retail or institutional
investors and used to fund investment strategies such as leveraged buyouts, venture capital, growth capital, distressed
investments and mezzanine capital.
‘Probability of Default (PD)’ The likelihood that a loan will not be repaid and will fall into default. PD may be calculated for
each client who has a loan (normally applicable to wholesale customers/clients) or for a portfolio of clients with similar
attributes (normally applicable to retail customers). To calculate PD, Barclays assesses the credit quality of borrowers and
other counterparties and assigns them an internal risk rating. Multiple rating methodologies may be used to inform the rating
decision on individual large credits, such as internal and external models, rating agency ratings, and for wholesale assets,
market information such as credit spreads. For smaller credits, a single source may suffice such as the result from an internal
rating model.
‘Product structural hedge’ An interest rate hedge put in place to reduce earnings volatility on product balances with instant
access (such as non-interest bearing current accounts and managed rate deposits) and to smoothen the income over a
medium/long term.
‘Profit before impairment’ Calculated by excluding credit impairment charges or releases from profit before tax.
‘Properties in Possession held as ‘Loans and Advances to Customers’’ Properties in the UK and Italy where the customer
continues to retain legal title but where the bank has enforced the possession order as part of the foreclosure process to
allow for the disposal of the asset or the court has ordered the auction of the property.
‘Properties in Possession held as ‘Other Real Estate Owned’’ Properties in South Africa where the bank has taken legal
ownership of the title as a result of purchase at an auction or similar and treated as ‘Other Real Estate Owned’ within other
assets on the bank’s balance sheet.
‘Proprietary trading’ When a bank, brokerage or other financial institution trades on its own account, at its own risk, rather
than on behalf of customers, so as to make a profit for itself.
Barclays PLC | 113 | |
Glossary of terms |
‘Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA)’ The PRA is part of the BoE and regulates and supervises banks, building societies,
insurers and a small number of significant investment banks in the UK.
‘Prudential Valuation Adjustment (PVA)’ A calculation which adjusts the accounting values of positions held on the balance
sheet at fair value to comply with regulatory valuation standards, which place greater emphasis on the inherent uncertainty
around the value at which a trading book position could be exited.
‘Public benchmark’ Unsecured medium-term notes issued in public syndicated transactions.
‘Qualifying central bank claims’ An amount calculated in line with the PRA rules allowing banks to exclude claims on the
central bank from the calculation of the leverage exposure measure, as long as these amounts are matched by liabilities
denominated in the same currency and of identical or longer maturity.
‘Qualifying Revolving Retail Exposure (QRRE)’ In the context of the IRB approach to credit risk RWA calculations, an exposure
meeting the criteria set out in Article 154(4) of UK CRR and Article 147(5a) of EU CRR (as applicable). It includes most types
of credit card exposure.
‘Rates’ In the context of IB income analysis, trading revenue relating to government bonds and interest rate derivatives.
‘Re-aging’ The returning of a delinquent account to up-to-date status without collecting the full arrears (principal, interest
and fees).
‘Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (REMICs)’ An entity that holds a fixed pool of mortgages and that is separated into
multiple classes of interests for issuance to investors.
‘Recovery book’ Represents the total amount of exposure which has been transferred to recovery units who set and
implement strategies to recover the Barclays Group’s exposure.
‘Recovery book Impairment Coverage Ratio’ Impairment allowance held against recoveries balances expressed as a
percentage of balance in recoveries.
‘Recovery book proportion of outstanding balances’ Represents the amount of recoveries (gross month-end customer
balances of all accounts that have charged-off) as at the period end compared to total outstanding balances. The size of the
recovery book would ultimately have an impact on the overall impairment requirement on the portfolio. Balances in recovery
will decrease if assets are written-off, amounts are collected, or assets are sold to a third party (i.e. debt sale).
‘Regulatory capital’ The amount of capital that a bank holds to satisfy regulatory requirements.
‘Renegotiated loans’ Loans are generally renegotiated either as part of an ongoing customer relationship or in response to an
adverse change in the circumstances of the borrower. In the latter case, renegotiation can result in an extension of the due
date of payment or repayment plans under which the Barclays Group offers a concessionary rate of interest to genuinely
distressed borrowers. This will result in the asset continuing to be overdue, and individually impaired if the renegotiated
payments of interest and principal will not recover the original carrying amount of the asset. In other cases, renegotiation will
lead to a new agreement, which is treated as a new loan.
‘Repurchase agreement (Repo)’ or ‘Reverse repurchase agreement (Reverse repo)’ Arrangements that allow counterparties to
use financial securities as collateral for an interest bearing cash loan. The borrower agrees to sell a security to the lender
subject to a commitment to repurchase the asset at a specified price on a given date. For the party selling the security (and
agreeing to repurchase it in the future), it is a repurchase agreement or repo; for the counterparty to the transaction (buying
the security and agreeing to sell in the future), it is a reverse repurchase agreement or reverse repo.
‘Reputation risk’ The risk that an action, transaction, investment or event will reduce trust in the Barclays Group’s integrity
and competence by clients, counterparties, investors, regulators, employees or the public.
‘Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities (RMBS)’ Securities that represent interests in a group of residential mortgages.
Investors in these securities have the right to cash received from future mortgage payments (interest and/or principal).
‘Residual maturity’ The remaining contractual term of a credit obligation associated with a credit exposure.
‘Restructured loans’ Comprises loans where, for economic or legal reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties, a
concession has been granted to the debtor that would not otherwise be considered. Where the concession results in the
expected cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate being less than the loan’s carrying value, an impairment
allowance will be raised.
‘Retail Loans’ Loans to individuals or small and medium sized enterprises rather than to financial institutions and larger
businesses. It includes both secured and unsecured loans such as mortgages and credit card balances, as well as loans to
certain smaller business customers, typically with exposures up to £3 million or with an annual turnover of up to £5 million.
‘Return on average Risk Weighted Assets (RoRWA)’ Statutory profit after tax as a proportion of average RWAs.
‘Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (RoTE)’ (for Barclays Group) Annualised Group attributable profit, as a
proportion of average shareholders’ tangible equity.
Barclays PLC | 114 | |
Glossary of terms |
‘Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (RoTE)’ (for businesses) Annualised business attributable profit, as a
proportion of that business's average allocated tangible equity.
‘Risk appetite’ The level of risk that Barclays is prepared to accept whilst pursuing its business strategy, recognising a range of
possible outcomes as business plans are implemented.
‘Risks not in VaR (RNIVs)’ Refers to all the key market risks which are not captured or not well captured within the VaR model
framework.
‘Risk weighted assets (RWAs) / Risk weighted exposure amounts (RWEAs)’ A measure of a bank’s assets adjusted for their
associated risks. Risk weightings are established in accordance with the Basel framework as implemented in local law.
‘RWA Flow / movements in RWAs’
Book size/Asset size
Credit risk and counterparty risk (including CVA)
This represents RWA movements driven by changes in the size and composition of underlying positions, measured
using EAD values for existing portfolios over the period. This includes, but is not exclusive to:
•new business and maturing loans
•changes in product mix and exposure growth for existing portfolios
•book size reductions owing to risk mitigation and write-offs.
Market risk
This represents RWA movements owing to the changes in risk level i.e. trading positions and volumes driven by
business activity.
Book quality/Asset quality
Credit risk and counterparty risk (including CVA)
This represents RWA movements driven by changes in the underlying credit quality and recoverability of portfolios
and reflected through model calibrations or realignments where applicable. This includes, but is not exclusive to:
•PD migration and LGD changes driven by economic conditions
•ratings migration for standardised exposures
Market risk
This is the movement in RWAs owing to changing risk levels in the trading book caused by fluctuations in market
conditions.
Model updates
Credit risk and counterparty risk (including CVA)
This is the movement in RWAs as a result of both internal and external model updates. This includes, but is not
exclusive to:
•updates to existing model inputs driven by both internal and external review
•model enhancements to improve models performance
Market risk
This is the movement in RWAs reflecting change in model scope, changes to market data levels, volatilities,
correlations, liquidity and ratings used as input for the internal modelled RWA calculations.
Methodology and policy
Credit risk and counterparty risk (including CVA)
This is the movement in RWAs as a result of both internal and external methodology, policy and regulatory changes.
This includes, but is not exclusive to:
•updates to RWA calculation methodology, communicated by the regulator
•the implementation of credit risk mitigation to a wider scope of portfolios
Market risk
This is the movement in RWAs as a result of both internal and external methodology, policy and regulatory changes
for market risk.
Acquisitions and disposals
This is the movement in RWAs as a result of the disposal or acquisition of business operations impacting the size of
banking and trading portfolios.
Foreign exchange movements
This is the movement in RWAs as a result of changes in the exchange rate between the functional currency of the
Barclays business area or portfolio and our presentational currency for consolidated reporting. It should be noted
that foreign exchange movements shown in RWA flow or movements in RWAs tables do not include the impact of
foreign exchange for the counterparty credit risk or market risk RWAs.
Barclays PLC | 115 | |
Glossary of terms |
Other
This is the movement in RWAs driven by items that cannot be reasonably assigned to the other driver categories. In
relation to market risk RWAs, this includes changes in measurement that are not driven by methodology, policy or
model updates.
‘Sarbanes-Oxley requirements’ The Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002 (SOX), which was introduced by the government of the United
States to safeguard against corporate governance scandals.
‘Secondary Stress Tests’ Secondary Stress Tests are used in measuring potential losses arising from illiquid market risks that
cannot be hedged or reduced within the time period covered in Primary Stress Tests.
‘Second Lien’ Debt that is issued against the same collateral as higher lien debt but that is subordinate to such higher lien
debt. In the case of default, compensation for this debt will only be received after the first lien has been repaid and thus
represents a riskier investment than the first lien.
‘Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR)’ A broad measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight collateralised by US
Treasury securities in the Repo market.
‘Securities Financing Transactions (SFT)’ In the context of RWAs, any of the following transactions: a repurchase transaction,
a securities or commodities lending or borrowing transaction, or a margin lending transaction whereby cash collateral is
received or paid in respect of the transfer of a related asset.
‘Securities Financing Transactions adjustments’ In the context of a bank's leverage ratio, a regulatory add-on calculated as
exposure less collateral, taking into account master netting agreements.
‘Securities lending arrangements’ Arrangements whereby securities are legally transferred to a third party subject to an
agreement to return them at a future date. The counterparty generally provides collateral against non-performance in the
form of cash or other assets.
‘Securitisation’ Typically, a process by which debt instruments, such as mortgage loans or credit card balances, are
aggregated into a pool, which is used to back new securities. A company sells these pools of assets to a special purpose
vehicle (SPV) which then issues securities backed by the assets. This allows the credit quality of the assets to be separated
from the credit rating of the original borrower.
‘Set-off clauses’ In the context of counterparty credit risk, contract clauses that allow Barclays to set off amounts owed to us
by a counterparty against amounts owed by us to the counterparty.
‘Settlement balances’ Receivables or payables recorded between the date (the trade date) a financial instrument (such as a
bond) is sold, purchased or otherwise closed out, and the date the asset is delivered by or to the entity (the settlement date)
and cash is received or paid.
‘Settlement Netting’ Netting approach used in the calculation of the leverage exposure measure whereby firms may calculate
their exposure value of regular way purchases and sales awaiting settlement.
‘Settlement risk’ The risk that settlement in a transfer system will not take place as expected, usually owing to a party
defaulting on one or more settlement obligations.
‘Significant Increase in Credit Risk (SICR)’ Barclays assesses when a significant increase in credit risk has occurred based on
quantitative and qualitative assessments.
‘Single Resolution Board (SRB)’ The Single Resolution Board is the central resolution authority within the European Banking
Union, established to ensure an orderly resolution of failing banks with minimal impact on the economy and public finances.
It was created in 2015 as part of the broader banking union reforms and acts as the bank resolution authority for a subset of
banks in the euro area. The SRB's mission is to avoid future bailouts by placing the burden of resolution on the banks
themselves.
‘Single Resolution Fund (SRF)’ is an emergency fund that may be used as part of the SRM. Institutions that come within the
scope of the SRMR are required to make ex-ante contributions to the SRF calculated by the SRB (in accordance with the
SRMR) on an annual basis
‘Single Resolution Mechanism Regulation (SRMR)’ The Single Resolution Mechanism Regulation (Regulation 806/2014)
established the single resolution mechanism (SRM), which is comprised of the Single Resolution Board (SRB) and the
National Resolution Authorities of participating countries. The purpose of the SRMR is to ensure an orderly resolution of
failing banks with minimal costs for taxpayers and to the real economy.
‘Single Supervisory Mechanism (SSM)’ The Single Supervisory Mechanism is a framework for the prudential supervision of
credit institutions located in EU member states participating in European Banking Union, primarily overseen by the European
Central Bank (ECB) and also comprising the national competent authorities of the participating member states. It aims to
ensure the safety and stability of the European banking system by coordinating the supervision of significant institutions
across member states.
‘Slotting’ Slotting is internal Barclays terminology for what is known as “Specialised Lending” in the IRB approach. A standard
set of rules is required to be used in credit risk RWA calculations, based upon an assessment of factors such as the financial
Barclays PLC | 116 | |
Glossary of terms |
strength of the counterparty. The requirements for the application of the Specialised Lending approach are detailed in Article
153(5) of CRR.
‘Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises (SME)’ An enterprise which employs fewer than 250 persons and which has an annual
turnover which does not exceed EUR 50 million, and / or an annual balance sheet total not exceeding EUR 43 million. Within
the SME category, a small enterprise is defined as an enterprise which employs fewer than 50 persons and whose annual
turnover and/or annual balance sheet total does not exceed EUR 10 million. This is defined in accordance with Commission
Recommendation 2003/361/EC of 6 May 2003 concerning the definition of micro, small and medium sized enterprises.
‘Sovereign exposure(s)’ Exposures to central governments, including holdings in government bonds and local government
bonds.
‘Special purpose entity’ A legally separate vehicle established to carry out a specific financial or operational objective, such as
isolating risk or facilitating securitisation. It is typically structured to be bankruptcy-remote, ensuring its obligations remain
independent of the financial position of the sponsoring organisation. SPEs may be subsidiaries or orphan entities, depending
on the intended legal and accounting treatment.
‘Specific market risk’ A risk that is due to the individual nature of an asset and can potentially be diversified or the risk of a
price change in an investment due to factors related to the issuer or, in the case of a derivative, the issuer of the underlying
investment.
‘Spread risk’ Measures the impact of changes to the swap spread, i.e. the difference between swap rates and government
bond yields.
‘Stage 1’ This represents financial instruments where the credit risk of the financial instrument has not increased significantly
since initial recognition. Stage 1 financial instruments are required to recognise a 12-month expected credit loss allowance.
‘Stage 2’ This represents financial instruments where the credit risk of the financial instrument has increased significantly
since initial recognition. Stage 2 financial instruments are required to recognise a lifetime expected credit loss allowance.
‘Stage 3’ This represents financial instruments where the financial instrument is considered impaired. Stage 3 financial
instruments are required to recognise a lifetime expected credit loss allowance.
‘Standard & Poor’s’ A credit rating agency, including S&P Global Inc. and its affiliated entities.
‘Standardised Approach’ / ‘STD’ A method of calculating RWAs that relies on a mandatory framework set by the regulator to
derive risk weights based on counterparty type and credit rating.
‘Standardised Approach (SEC-SA)’ This is a method to calculate risk-weighted exposure amounts for securitisation positions.
Under this method, an institution must be able to calculate regulatory capital requirements per standardised approach for
underlying exposures in the securitisation as if these had not been securitised (‘KSA’), subject to certain other inputs and
criteria.
‘Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments’ Agreements to lend to a customer in the future, subject to certain
conditions. Such commitments are either made for a fixed period, or have no specific maturity but are cancellable by the
lender subject to notice requirements.
‘Statutory’ Line items of income, expense, profit or loss, assets, liabilities or equity stated in accordance with the requirements
of the UK Companies Act 2006 and the requirements of IFRS.
‘Statutory return on average shareholders’ equity’ Statutory profit after tax attributable to ordinary shareholders as a
proportion of average shareholders’ equity.
‘Sterling Over Night Index Average (SONIA)’ A risk free interest rate that reflects banks’ and building societies’ wholesale
overnight funding rates in the sterling unsecured market administrated and calculated by the BoE.
‘Stress Testing’ A process which involves identifying possible future adverse events or changes in economic conditions that
could have unfavourable effects on the Barclays Group (either financial or non-financial), assessing the Barclays Group’s
ability to withstand such changes, and identifying management actions to mitigate the impact.
‘Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR)’ An estimate of the potential loss arising from a 12-month period of significant financial stress
calibrated to a specific confidence level over a specific holding period.
‘Structural cost actions (SCA)’ Cost actions taken to improve future financial performance.
‘Structural FX’ Foreign currency positions taken to hedge against the adverse effect of exchange rates on capital ratios. Under
Article 352(2) of UK CRR the PRA may permit banks to exclude such Structural FX positions from the calculation of its market
risk RWAs. On 15 December 2021 the PRA issued Barclays this permission, taking effect from 31 December 2021. Any FX
positions that are in excess of what is required to hedge the adverse effects of exchange rates on the bank’s capital ratio are
not in scope of this exemption and will therefore be captured under the standardised market risk approach.
‘Structural hedge’ or ‘hedging’ An interest rate hedge in place to reduce earnings volatility and to smooth the income over a
medium/long term on positions that exist within the balance sheet and do not re-price in line with market rates. See also
‘Equity structural hedge’ and ‘Product structural hedge’.
Barclays PLC | 117 | |
Glossary of terms |
‘Structural model of default’ A model based on the assumption that an obligor will default when its assets are insufficient to
cover its liabilities.
‘Structured credit’ Includes the legacy structured credit portfolio primarily comprising derivative exposures and financing
exposures to structured credit vehicles.
‘Structured entity’ An entity in which voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding control. Structured
entities are generally created to achieve a narrow and well defined objective with restrictions around their ongoing activities.
‘Structured finance or structured notes’ A structured note is an investment tool that pays a return linked to the value or level
of a specified asset or index and sometimes offers capital protection if the value declines. Structured notes can be linked to
equities, interest rates, funds, commodities and foreign currency.
‘Sub-prime’ Sub-prime is defined as loans to borrowers typically having weakened credit histories that include payment
delinquencies and potentially more severe problems such as court judgments and bankruptcies. They may also display
reduced repayment capacity as measured by credit scores, high debt-to-income ratios, or other criteria indicating heightened
risk of default.
‘Subordinated liabilities’ Liabilities which, in the event of insolvency or liquidation of the issuer, are subordinated to the claims
of depositors and other creditors of the issuer.
‘Supranational bonds’ Bonds issued by an international organisation, where membership transcends national boundaries (e.g.
the European Union or World Trade Organisation).
‘Synthetic Securitisation Transactions’ Securitisation transactions effected through the use of derivatives.
‘Tangible Net Asset Value (TNAV)’ Shareholders’ equity excluding non-controlling interests adjusted for the deduction of
intangible assets and goodwill.
‘Tangible Net Asset Value per share’ Calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity, excluding non-controlling interests and other
equity instruments, less goodwill and intangible assets, by the number of issued ordinary shares.
‘Tangible shareholders’ equity’ Shareholders’ equity excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments adjusted
for the deduction of intangible assets and goodwill.
‘Term premium’ Additional interest required by investors to hold assets with a longer period to maturity.
‘Tesco Bank’ The retail banking business acquired from Tesco Personal Finance plc on 1 November 2024, which includes
credit cards, unsecured personal loans, savings and operating infrastructure.
‘The Standardised Approach (TSA)’ An approach used to quantify required capital for operational risk. Under TSA, banks are
required to hold regulatory capital for operational risk equal to the annual average, calculated over a rolling three-year period,
of the relevant income indicator (across all business lines), multiplied by a supervisory defined percentage factor by business
lines.
‘The three lines of defence’ The three lines of defence operating model enables Barclays to separate risk management
activities between those client facing areas of the Barclays Group and associated support functions responsible for identifying
risk, operating within applicable limits and escalating risk events (first line); colleagues in Risk and Compliance who establish
the limits, rules and constraints under which the first line operates and monitor their performance against those limits and
constraints (second line); and, colleagues in Internal Audit who provide assurance to the Board and Executive Management
over the effectiveness of governance, risk management and control over risks (third line). The Legal function does not sit in
any of the three lines, but supports them all. The Legal function is, however, subject to oversight from Risk and Compliance
with respect to its own Operational and Compliance Risks, as well as with respect to the Legal Risk to which Barclays is
exposed.
‘Third country’ As defined in UK CRR, a country or territory outside the United Kingdom, or under EU CRR, a country that is
not an EU member state.
‘Third Party Service Providers (TPSP)’ Third Party Service Provider means any entity that has entered an arrangement with
Barclays in order to provide business functions, activities, goods and/or services to Barclays.
‘Through-the-cycle’ A long-run average through a full economic cycle.
‘Tier 1 capital’ The sum of the CET1 capital and AT1 capital.
‘Tier 1 capital ratio’ The ratio which expresses Tier 1 capital as a percentage of RWAs under CRR.
‘Tier 2 (T2) capital’ A type of capital as defined in CRR principally composed of capital instruments, subordinated loans and
share premium accounts where qualifying conditions have been met.
‘Tier 2 (T2) securities’ Securities that are treated as Tier 2 (T2) capital.
‘Total balances on forbearance programmes coverage ratio’ Impairment allowance held against forbearance balances
expressed as a percentage of balance in forbearance.
Barclays PLC | 118 | |
Glossary of terms |
‘Total capital ratio’ Total regulatory capital as a percentage of RWAs.
‘Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC)’ A standard published by the FSB which is applicable to G-SIBs and requires a G-SIB to
hold a prescribed minimum level of instruments and liabilities that should be readily available for bail-in within resolution to
absorb losses and recapitalise the institution. See also ‘Minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL)’.
‘Total outstanding balance’ In retail banking, total outstanding balance is defined as the gross month-end customer balances
on all accounts, including accounts charged off to recoveries.
‘Total return swap’ An instrument whereby the seller of protection receives the full return of the asset, including both the
income and change in the capital value of the asset. The buyer of the protection in return receives a predetermined amount.
‘Traded Market Risk’ The risk of a reduction to earnings or capital due to volatility of trading book positions.
‘Trading book’ All positions in financial instruments and commodities held by an institution either with trading intent, or in
order to hedge positions held with trading intent.
‘Traditional Securitisation Transactions’ Securitisation transactions in which an underlying pool of assets generates cash flows
to service payments to investors.
‘Transitional’ When a measure is presented or described as being on a transitional basis, it is calculated in accordance with
the transitional provisions set out in CRR.
‘Treasury and Capital Risk’ This comprises of Liquidity Risk, Capital Risk and Interest Rate Risk in the banking book.
‘Twelve month expected credit losses’ The portion of the lifetime ECL arising if default occurs within 12 months of the
reporting date (or shorter period if the expected life is less than 12 months), weighted by the probability of said default
occurring.
‘Twelve month PD’ The likelihood of accounts entering default within 12 months of the reporting date.
‘Unencumbered’ Assets not used to secure liabilities or otherwise pledged.
‘United Kingdom (UK)’ Geographic segment where Barclays operates comprising the UK.
‘UK bank levy’ A levy that applies to UK banks, building societies and the UK operations of foreign banks. The levy is payable
based on a portion of the UK chargeable equity and liabilities of the bank on its balance sheet date.
‘UK Cards’ Suite of credit cards offered to individual consumers located in the UK to suit their borrowing needs e.g. purchase
spend, balance transfer, or rewards. This includes the Tesco Bank cards.
‘UK EMIR’ EMIR, as it forms part of UK law pursuant to the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (as amended).
‘UK Personal Loans’ Individual unsecured personal loans predominantly recruited from the Group’s current account base in
the UK. This includes the Tesco Bank loans portfolio.
‘UK CRR’ Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, as amended, as it forms part of UK law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal)
Act 2018, as amended. UK CRR prescribes prudential requirements, including minimum capital requirements, for UK banks
and certain other entities.
‘UK leverage exposure’ Calculated as per the PRA Rulebook, where the exposure calculation also includes the FPC’s
recommendation to allow banks to exclude claims on the central bank from the calculation of the leverage exposure
measure, as long as these are matched by liabilities denominated in the same currency and of identical or longer maturity.
‘UK leverage ratio’ As per the PRA Rulebook, means a bank’s Tier 1 capital divided by its total exposure measure, with this
ratio expressed as a percentage.
‘UK regulatory levies’ Comprises the BoE levy scheme and the UK bank levy.
‘Unfunded credit protection’ A technique of credit risk mitigation where the reduction of the credit risk on the exposure of an
institution derives from the obligation of a third party to pay an amount in the event of the default of the borrower or the
occurrence of other specified credit events.
‘US Partner Portfolio’ Barclays co-branded credit card programmes with companies across various sectors including but not
limited to travel, entertainment and retail.
‘US Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities’ Securities that represent interests in a group of US residential mortgages.
‘Valuation weighted Loan to Value (LTV) ratio’ In the context of credit risk disclosures on secured home loans, a means of
calculating marked to market LTVs derived by comparing total outstanding balance and the value of total collateral we hold
against these balances. Valuation weighted Loan to Value ratio is calculated using the following formula: LTV = total
outstandings in portfolio/total property values of total outstandings in portfolio.
‘Value at Risk (VaR)’ A measure of the potential loss of value arising from unfavourable market movements at a specific
confidence level and within a specific timeframe.
Barclays PLC | 119 | |
Glossary of terms |
‘Weighted off balance sheet commitments’ Regulatory add-ons to the leverage exposure measure based on credit conversion
factors used in the Standardised Approach to credit risk.
‘Wholesale loans’ or ‘wholesale lending’ Lending to larger businesses, financial institutions and sovereign entities.
‘WM&I’ The Wealth Management & Investments business, which was transferred from Barclays UK to PBWM on 1 May 2023.
‘Working Group on Sterling Risk-Free Reference Rates (RFRWG)’ A group mandated with catalysing a broad-based transition
to using SONIA as the primary sterling interest rate benchmark in bond, loan and derivatives markets.
‘Write-off (gross)’ The point where it is determined that an asset is irrecoverable, or it is no longer considered economically
viable to try to recover the asset or it is deemed immaterial or full and final settlement is reached and the shortfall written off.
In the event of write-off, the customer balance is removed from the balance sheet and the impairment allowance held against
the asset is released. Net write-offs represent gross write-offs less post write-off recoveries.
‘Wrong-way risk’ Arises in a trading exposure when there is significant correlation between the underlying asset and the
counterparty, which in an event of default would lead to a significant mark to market loss. When assessing the credit
exposure of a wrong-way trade, analysts take into account the correlation between the counterparty and the underlying
asset as part of the sanctioning process.
Barclays PLC | 1 |  |
Exhibit 99.2 – Capitalisation and Indebtedness |
The following table sets out the Group’s capitalisation and indebtedness on a consolidated basis, in accordance with IFRS, as at
30 June 2026.
As at 30.06.26 | |
m | |
Share Capital of Barclays PLC | |
Ordinary shares - issued and fully paid shares of £0.25 each | 13,507 |
£m | |
Group equity | |
Called up share capital and share premium | 4,186 |
Other equity instruments | 13,275 |
Other reserves | 1,493 |
Retained earnings | 60,404 |
Total equity excluding non-controlling interests | 79,358 |
Non-controlling interests | 453 |
Total equity | 79,811 |
Group indebtedness | |
Subordinated liabilities | 11,098 |
Debt securities in issue at amortised cost | 126,837 |
Debt securities in issue designated at fair value | 96,723 |
Total indebtedness | 234,658 |
Total capitalisation and indebtedness | 314,469 |
As at 30 June 2026, Barclays Group had total contingent liabilities and commitments of £456.5bn (including guarantees of £17.7bn).
As at 30 June 2026, £16.7bn of Barclays Group indebtedness was secured.
Filing Exhibits & Attachments
7 documentsPress Releases
Other Documents
- EX-101 XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION SCHEMA DOCUMENT 101.7 KB
- EX-101 XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT 104.8 KB
- EX-101 XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT 635.9 KB
- EX-101 XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION LABEL LINKBASE DOCUMENT 905.6 KB
- EX-101 XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT 798.8 KB